addendum #1 - virginia tech€¦ · c. provide casework and countertops as shown in phys geog. lab...
TRANSCRIPT
ADDENDUM #1
March 1st, 2019
PROJECT: Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University
Wallace Hall Up-Fit for Geography Department
IFB# 0058456
Blacksburg, Virginia 24061
TO ALL BIDDERS:
GENERAL: Addenda are part of the Contract Documents and are issued to amend or
interpret the Drawings and Specifications. The Addenda shall be acknowledged in the
Bid Form – Division 0 – Section 00300 – in the space provided for addenda
acknowledgement.
CHANGES AND CLARIFICATIONS – GENREAL
Please note that another pre-bid conference will be held on Wednesday, March 6th, 2019 at 10:00 AM to clarify
the clerical error on the original “Notice of Invitation for Bids” document. Attendance to the February 18th, 2019
or the scheduled March 6th, 2019 pre-bid meetings is NOT required to submit bids.
See Attachment A to addendum #1 for the revised “DGS-30-220 Bid Form”. The bid form has been revised to
remove the section relating to “HVAC Monitoring & Control System” and to delete the annotations identified in
the information lines through the bid form.
See Attachment B to addendum #1 for the pre-bid sign in sheet from the pre-bid conference held on February 18th,
2019 at 10:00 AM.
CHANGES AND CLARIFICATIONS – DRAWINGS
See Attachment C to addendum #1 for the revised project set of drawings dated 1/21/2019 (with revisions for
Addendum #1 dated 3/1/2019). See below for an outline of the sheets which were modified and a brief description
of the modification.
1. Sheet T0.01: Revise asbestos disclosure statement as shown on revised Sheet
T0.01. Virginia Tech will have asbestos containing material abated prior to start
of construction.
2. Sheet A0.01: Remove Office/Lab from Level 2 work area; wall and casework
deleted.
3. Sheet A1.02:
A. Remove demolition note #6 from the following existing offices: 255, 256,
257, 258, and 259. These existing offices shall not be included in the
project.
B. Remove casework and wall from Office/Lab 200.
4. Sheet A1.03:
A. Remove work in existing offices: 255, 256, 257, 258, and 259. These
existing offices shall not be included in the project.
B. Remove casework and wall from Office/Lab 200.
C. Provide casework and countertops as shown in Phys Geog. Lab 232.
D. Adjust wall location dimension in Storage/Work 236A as shown.
5. Sheets A9.02 and A9.03: Specification Section 123600 added for Epoxy Resin
Work Surface.
6. Sheet P1: Provide plumbing per revised Sheet P1.
7. Sheet P2: Revise Second Floor New Work Plan and New Work Plan Notes.
8. Sheet M1: Revise Equipment Schedule.
9. Sheet M2: Revise HVAC in Suite 260 as shown on revised Sheet M2.
10. Sheet ED1: Revise light in room B29.
11. Sheet E1: Revise lighting Fixture Schedule and revise Demand Summary.
12. Sheet E3: Revise lighting in Computer 101.
13. Sheet E4: Revise Second Floor Power Plan.
14. Sheet E6: Revise Panel 2LP1 and Panel 1LP1.
All other terms, conditions and descriptions remain the same. The bid closing date has been changed FROM March
11th, 2019 at 2:00 PM TO March 18th, 2019 at 2:00 PM; The bid opening date has been changed FROM March 12th,
2019 at 2:00 PM TO March 19th, 2019 at 2:00 PM. This addendum will be posted on VT Procurement website at
www.procurement.vt.edu.
END OF ADDENDUM #1
Standard Bid Form Format Page 1 of 3
DGS-30-220 Standard Bid Form Format (Rev. 04/15)
BID FORM
DATE:
PROJECT: Wallace Hall Upfit for the Geography Department Project Code: R0058456
To: Commonwealth of Virginia
Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Procurement Department North End Center (0333), Suite 2100 300 Turner Street NW Blacksburg, Virginia 24061
In compliance with and subject to your Invitation for Bids and the documents therein specified, all of which are incorporated herein by reference, the undersigned bidder proposes to furnish all labor, equipment, and materials and perform all work necessary for construction of this project, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications dated January 21, 2019 and the Addenda noted below, as prepared by TKA Architects, Blacksburg, Virginia for the consideration of the following amount: BASE BID (including the following parts): PART A. Lump sum price for construction of the building within a perimeter extending 5 feet from the walls of the building, complete, and in accordance with the Plans and Specifications: PART A = ________________________________________ Dollars ($ ).
Contract award will be based on the TOTAL BASE BID AMOUNT shown above (including any properly submitted bid modifications).
The bidder has relied upon the following public historical climatological records: National Weather Service for Blacksburg, VA.
The undersigned understands that time is of the essence and agrees that the date for Substantial Completion of the entire project shall be on or before Friday, July 26, 2019 based on a Notice authorizing Work to proceed on or before Monday, April 8, 2019, and Final Completion shall be achieved within 30 consecutive calendar days after the date of Substantial Completion as determined by the A/E.
ATTACHMENT A - ADDEDNUM #1
Standard Bid Form Format Page 2 of 3
Acknowledgment is made of receipt of the following Addenda: . If notice of acceptance of this bid is given to the undersigned within 30 days after the date of opening of bids, or any time thereafter before this bid is withdrawn, the undersigned will execute and deliver a contract in the prescribed form (Commonwealth of Virginia Contract Between Owner and Contractor, Form CO-9) within 10 days after the contract has been presented to him for signature. The required payment and performance bonds, on the forms prescribed, shall be delivered to the Owner along with the signed Contract. Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986: The undersigned certifies that it does not and shall not during the performance of the Contract for this project violate the provisions of the Federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, which prohibits employment of illegal aliens, or knowingly employ an unauthorized alien as defined in the Federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. DISQUALIFICATION OF CONTRACTORS: By signing this bid or proposal, the undersigned certifies that this Bidder or any officer, director, partner or owner is not currently barred from bidding on contracts by any Agency of the Commonwealth of Virginia, or any public body or agency of another state, or any agency of the federal government, nor is this Bidder a subsidiary or affiliate of any firm/corporation that is currently barred from bidding on contracts by any of the same. We have attached an explanation of any previous disbarment(s) and copies of notice(s) of reinstatement(s). Either the undersigned or one of the following individuals, if any, is authorized to modify this bid prior to the deadline for receipt of bids by writing the modification and signing his name on the face of the bid, on the envelope in which it is enclosed, on a separate document, or on a document which is telefaxed to the Owner:
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
I certify that the firm name given below is the true and complete name of the bidder and that the bidder is legally qualified and licensed by the Virginia Department of Professional and Occupational Regulation, Board for Contractors, to perform all Work included in the scope of the Contract. Virginia License No.: ______________ Bidder: ______________________________
(Name of Firm) Contractor Class: ________________ By:___________________________________ (Signature) Specialty: _______________________ Valid until: ______________________
FEIN/SSN: _____________________ Title: _______________________________
Standard Bid Form Format Page 3 of 3
If General Partnership (List Partners' Names) _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________
Business Address: ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ Telephone # ________________________ FAX # _______________________________
If Corporation, affix Corporate Seal & list State of Incorporation State: _____________________________ (Affix Seal)
Virginia State Corporation Commission ID No.: _______________; or If Contractor is a foreign business entity not required to be authorized to transact business in the Commonwealth under Titles 13.1 or 50 of the Code of Virginia, or as otherwise required by law, please provide an explanation as to why such entity is not required to be so authorized: ____________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________. Contractor’s Proposed Small Business Participation: % (required)
ATTACHMENT B - ADDENDUM #1
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
DJJ
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
KCF
01/21/19
1718-5
Revisions
BLAC
KSBU
RG, V
IRGI
NIA
GEOG
RAPH
Y DE
PART
MENT
WAL
LACE
HAL
L UPF
IT F
OR T
HE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
T0.01
TITLE SHEET
03/1/191 ADDENDUM 1
1
1
ABBREVIATIONS:AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR EXIST. EXISTING O/ OVER
ALUM. ALUMINUM EXT. EXTERIOR OC ON CENTERAPA AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION FD FLOOR DRAIN OFCI OWNER FURNISHED
APPROX. APPROXIMATE FFE FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION CONTRACTOR INSTALLEDASC ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING EQ. EQUAL OA OVERALL
ARCH. ARCHITECTURAL FIN. FINISH OPNG OPENINGBD. BOARD FL. FLOOR OZ. OUNCE
BLDG. BUILDING FO FACE OF PL PLATEBM BEAM or BENCH MARK FT. FOOT or FEET P/L PROPERTY LINE
BOT. BOTTOM FTG. FOOTING PLYWD. PLYWOODBRG. BEARING GA. GAGE PNL PANEL
BTWN. BETWEEN GR. GRADE P. LAM. PLASTIC LAMINATECAB. CABINET GWB GYPSUM WALLBOARD PT PRESSURE TREATED
CJ CONTROL JOINT GYP. GYPSUM RAD RADIUSCLG. CEILING HM HOLLOW METAL REF REFRIGERATOR
CT CERAMIC TILE HORIZ. HORIZONTAL REINF REINFORCECLO. CLOSET HT. HEIGHT REQD REQUIREDC.O. CLEAN OUT HTR. HEATER REV REVERSEDCMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT IN. INCH RM. ROOMCOL. COLUMN INSUL. INSULATION R/W RIGHT OF WAY
CONC. CONCRETE INT. INTERIOR S. SOUTHCONST. CONSTRUCTION JCT. JUNCTION SIM SIMILAR
CONT. CONTINUOUS JT. JOINT SPEC SPECIFICATIONCONTR. CONTRACTOR LB. POUND SQ SQUARE
CPT. CARPET LG. LENGTH or LONG STD STANDARDCTR. CENTER LL LIVE LOAD STRUCT STRUCTURAL
Ø, DIA. DIAMETER LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL STL STEELDIM. DIMENSION MATL. MATERIAL T&G TONGUE & GROOVE
DL DEAD LOAD MAX. MAXIMUM TO TOP OFDN. DOWN MECH. MECHANICAL TS TUBULAR STEELDS. DOWNSPOUT MFR. MANUFACTURER TYP. TYPICAL
DTL. DETAIL MR MOISTURE RESISTANT UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORYD.W. DISHWASHER MW MICROWAVE VB VAPOR BARRIER
DWG. DRAWING MIN. MINIMUM VERT. VERTICALE. EAST MISC. MISCELLANEOUS VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE
EA. EACH MNTG. MOUNTING W. WESTEIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION N. NORTH W/ WITH
FINISH SYSTEM NIC NOT IN CONTRACT WH WATER HEATEREJ EXPANSION JOINT NO. NUMBER WD. WOOD
ELEC. ELECTRICAL NTS NOT TO SCALE WT. WEIGHTELEV. ELEVATION, ELEVATOR WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC
GENERAL NOTES:1. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH VIRGINIA TECH'S SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS PROGRAM. COPIES OF THIS PROGRAM ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE OWNER OR MAY BE DOWNLOADED FROM WWW.EHSS.VT.EDU.
2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR(S) SHALL INSPECT PREMISES PRIOR TO BID SUBMITTAL AND WORK COMMENCEMENT TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. SHOULD A CONTRACTOR FIND CONDITIONS WHICH IT BELIEVES WOULD IMPEDE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT SUCH CONDITIONS TO THE ARCHITECT. FAILURE TO SO ADVISE WILL CONSTITUTE NOTICE THAT THE CONTRACTOR ACCEPTS THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND INTENDS TO PERFORM ITS OBLIGATIONS WITH NO ALLOWANCE EITHER IN TIME OR MONEY FOR ANY IMPEDIMENTS TO THE WORK.
3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS IN FIELD. IF DIMENSIONAL ERRORS OCCUR OR CONDITIONS NOT COVERED IN THE DRAWINGS ARE ENCOUNTERED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT BEFORE COMMENCING THAT PORTION OF THE WORK.
4. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, AND NATIONAL CODES.
5. ALL MANUFACTURED ARTICLES, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE APPLIED, INSTALLED, CONNECTED, ERECTED, USED, CLEANED AND CONDITIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS' WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS OR INSTRUCTIONS.
6. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPERVISE AND DIRECT THE WORK, USING ITS BEST SKILL AND ATTENTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND/OR INSTALLATION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND PROCEDURES AND FOR COORDINATING ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK UNDER THE CONTRACT.
7. DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALE ON CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. DRAWINGS MAY BE ROUGH SCALED FOR GENERAL REFERENCE. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND/OR FABRICATION.
8. ALL WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE CONSTRUCTION SITE FREE AND CLEAR OF ALL DEBRIS AND KEEP OUT ALL UNAUTHORIZED PERSONS. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, THE ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION AREA SHALL BE COMPLETELY CLEANED TO OWNER'S SATISFACTION.
9. WHEN WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE PROJECT, THE APPROPRIATE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SAME AND IT SHALL BE OF THE BEST MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. IF ADDITIONAL COSTS ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BID SUBMITTAL AND PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK, ALLOWING A REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME FOR RESPONSE AND APPROVAL. NO CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COMPENSATION BASED ON IGNORANCE OF VISIBLE OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS OR ASSUMPTIONS OR DISCLAIMERS AFTER THE FACT SHALL BE CONSIDERED.
10. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE IN WRITING ALL WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND APPROVAL. MATERIALS AND/OR EQUIPMENT CARRYING A MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEE SHALL BE COVERED BY THE MAXIMUM TERM OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER BUT IN NO CASE LESS THAN ONE YEAR. ALL DEFECTS DISCOVERED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED TO THE OWNER'S AND TENANT'S SATISFACTION, AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, AT NO COST TO THE OWNER OR TENANT.
11. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY NOTED, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND PAY FOR ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, NOTES, TOOLS, CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY, TRANSPORTATION AND OTHER FACILITIES AND SERVICES NECESSARY FOR PROPER EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK.
12. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FEES FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, SCHEDULE ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS, OBTAIN ALL CODE APPROVALS, ETC. NECESSARY FOR PROPER COMPLETION OF THE WORK.
13. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK PROCEDURES WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES.
14. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROTECTION OF ALL EXISTING AND NEW CONDITIONS AND MATERIALS WITHIN THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION AREA. ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY OR DURING THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED TO THE OWNER'S AND OWNER'S SATISFACTION AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR.
15. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOOR SLABS, SUCH AS PIPING, CONDUIT, DUCTS, PNEUMATIC TUBES, ETC., SHALL BE PACKED AND SEALED OFF WITH FIRE-RATED MATERIAL AND SEALED AGAINST WATER PENETRATION.
16. CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PERFORMED DURING NORMAL WORKING HOURS. BUILDING ACCESS AND SECURE STAGING/STORAGE OF MATERIALS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE BUILDING OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING SERVICES AND UTILITIES WITH THE OWNER AND GIVE THE OWNER MIN. OF 48 HOURS NOTICE OF THE SHUT DOWN, SWITCH OVER, AND OTHER INTERRUPTIONS TO THE BUILDING'S SERVICES AND UTILITIES.
17. THE USE OF THE WORD "PROVIDE" SHALL MEAN TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR USE.
18. TEST ALL PIPING AND LABEL AS TO USE.
19. A TESTING & BALANCING REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY.
20. FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL'S OFFICE BEFORE SPRINKLER WORK BEGINS.
21. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN TO FACE OF STUD OR FACE OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR SHOWN. ITEMS NOTED AS "CLEAR", OR "CLR", ARE FROM FINISH FACE TO FINISH FACE.
22. ALIGN FINISH FACE OF WALLS WITH EXISTING WALLS AS SHOWN.
23. OUTSIDE EDGE OF SPECIFIED FRAMES AT DOOR JAMBS SHALL BE HELD 4" FROM THEIR ADJACENT WALLS, UNLESS NOTED OR DIMENSIONED OTHERWISE.
24. IN THE WORK AREA, ALL ITEMS SHOWN AND NOT DESIGNATED AS EXISTING SHALL BE ASSUMED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO BE NEW WORK. 25. DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE PROVIDED TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD.
26. EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN ARE INDICATED THUS:
27. WALLS TO BE INSTALLED ARE INDICATED THUS: 28. DOORS TO BE INSTALLED ARE INDICATED THUS:
29. EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN ARE INDICATED THUS:
30. PARTITION WALL TYPE TAGS ARE INDICATED THUS:B
100
INDEX TO DRAWINGS:T0.01 TITLE SHEET
ARCHITECTURALA0.01 LIFE SAFETY PLANSA1.01 FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION & FLOOR PLANSA1.02 SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLANA1.03 SECOND FLOOR PLANA1.04 FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLANA1.05 SECOND FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLANA6.01 SCHEDULES & DETAILSA6.02 INTERIOR ELEVATIONSA9.01 SPECIFICATIONSA9.02 SPECIFICATIONSA9.03 SPECIFICATIONS
PLUMBINGP1 PARTIAL FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION
PLANS - PLUMBING
MECHANICALMD1 PARTIAL DEMOLITION FLOOR PLANS - HVAC
M1 HVAC LEGEND, DETAILS AND NOTESM2 PARTIAL NEW WORK FLOOR PLANS - HVACM3 HVAC SPECIFICATIONS
FIRE SUPPRESSIONSP1 FIRE SUPPRESSION FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR
DEMOLITION PLANSP2 PARTIAL FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR PLANS - FIRE
SUPPRESSION
ELECTRICALED1 PARTIAL FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR PLANS -
ELECTRICAL DEMOLITIONE1 ELECTRICAL LEGEND, SCHEDULES, DETAILS AND
ABBREVIATIONSE2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS, DETAILS AND GENERAL
NOTESE3 PARTIAL FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR PLANS - LIGHTINGE4 PARTIAL FIRST AND SECOND FLOOR PLANS - POWER
AND COMMUNICATIONSE5 PARTIAL FLOOR PLANS - POWER DISTRIBUTIONE6 PANELBOARD SCHEDULES
MATERIAL SYMBOLS:
CONCRETE (PLAN & SECTION)
BRICK (PLAN & SECTION)
CONCRETE BLOCK (PLAN & SECTION)
WOOD (PLAN)
FRAMING LUMBER (SECTION)
FINISH WOOD (SECTION)
PLYWOOD (SECTION)
STEEL (SECTION)
BATT INSULATION (PLAN & SECTION)
RIGID INSULATION (PLAN & SECTION)
GRAVEL
SOIL
GYPSUM BOARD
LINTEL OR BEAM (PLAN)
GEOGRAPHY DEPARTMENTWALLACE HALL UPFIT FOR THE
BLACKSBURG, VIRGINIA
MECH. & ELEC. ENGINEERS:LAWRENCE PERRY & ASSOCIATESCONTACT: RODNEY FANNING
15 EAST SALEM AVENUEROANOKE, VA 24025PHONE (540) 342-1816
ARCHITECT:TKA ARCHITECTSCONTACT: SANDRA GRAHAM
300 CHURCH STREETBLACKSBURG, VA 24060PHONE (540) 951-4925
OWNER:VIRGINIA TECH RENOVATIONSCONTACT: CURTIS WILLIAMS
230 STERRETT DRIVEBLACKSBURG, VA 24060PHONE (540) 231-7711
VICINITY MAPNO SCALE
NORTH
ASBESTOS & LEAD NOTES:
ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS (ACM)AN ASBESTOS INSPECTION WAS PERFORMED AND ACM WAS FOUND GENERALLY IN THE AREA INDICATED. THE ASBESTOS INSPECTION REPORT WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. THE OWNER SHALL SUBMIT AN APPLICATION FOR PERMIT TO HAVE THE ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS ABATED BY A LICENSED ASBESTOS CONTRACTOR UNDER A SEPARATE CONTRACT USING APROVED PROCEDURES PRIOR TO ISSUING A NOTICE TO PROCEED TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ANY ACM THAT IS TO REMAIN AND THE NEW NON ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL SHALL BE LABELED ACCORDINGLY. THE ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CONTRACTOR SHALL MARK UP THE RECORD DRAWINGS RESULTING FROM ITES WORK TO INCLUDE AREAS WHERE ASBESTOS WAS ABATED, AREAS WHERE ASBESTOS WAS ENCAPSULATED, AND AREAS WHERE ACM EXIST BUT WERE LEFT IN PLACE. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND CERTIFY THE LOCATIONS WHERE ACM WAS ABATED, AREAS WHERE ACM WAS ENCAPSULATED, AND AREAS WHERE ACM WAS LEFT IN PLACE AS MARKED ON THE RECORD DRAWINGS AND WILL PROVIDE DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT.
IF A SUSPECT ASBESTOS MATERIAL IS ENCOUNTERED IN THE COURSE OF THE WORK THAT IS NOT DISCUSSED AS PART OF THE REPORT, THE WORK MUST BE STOPPED AND FACILITIES SAFETY SHOULD BE CONTACTED AT 540-315-2898.
LEAD CONTAINING MATERIALSAN INSPECTION TO IDENTIFY LEAD CONTAINING OR COATED BUILDING COMPONENTS HAS BEEN CONDUCTED AND CAN BE FOUND IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. THIS REPORT IS PROVIDED FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S USE AND MAY NOT BE ALL INCLUSIVE. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COMPLY WITH ALL VIRGINIA OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH (VOSH) REGULATIONS AS THEY PERTAIN TO EMPLOYEE EXPOSURES TO LEAD. ALL LEAD AND LEAD-COATED BUILDING COMPONENTS SHALL BE RECYCLED TO THE EXTENT POSSIBLE.
IF SUSPECT LEAD MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED IN THE COURSE OF WORK THAT ARE NOT DISCUSSED AS PART OF THE REPORT, THE WORK MUST BE STOPPED AND FACILITIES SAFETY SHOULD BE CONTACTED AT 540-315-2898.
TKA ARCHITECTS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE ASBESTOS AND LEAD PAINT REPORTS CONTAINED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AS THE INFORMATION WAS PREPARED BY THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADDRESS ANY RELATED QUESTION TO THE VIRGINIA TECH REPRESENTATIVES.
PROJECT LOCATION
ATTACHMENT C - ADDENDUM #1
DJJ
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
KCF
01/21/19
1718-5
Revisions
BLAC
KSBU
RG, V
IRGI
NIA
GEOG
RAPH
Y DE
PART
MENT
WAL
LACE
HAL
L UPF
IT F
OR T
HE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
A0.01
LIFE SAFETY PLANS
03/1/191
1
1
1
1
ADDENDUM 1
DN101A
101
A29
A27
A24A22
A9
106
A16
A13
A10
A26
A28
A35A34
102A
A39
A40104
102C
102
102D
PATIO
122A
124A
124
125
126
127
130
A17
134
134A
136
138
135
140A
140
UP
106B 106C
A41
102B
102CR A31
CR-1A
CR-1B
132
A36
A5
125A
128
A14AA14
A18
A6
UP
UP
140B
133
140D
140C
A3A2
A4117
113
115
111
109
107
105
103A44
A46
A47
A48
A49
100
120 122
121UP
106A
CR-1
B
119
121A 121B
123
123A
100C
102
108A20
A37
A12
A11
A31
A8
A32
A33
FIRST FLOOR PLANSCALE: 1/16" = 1'-0"
NORTH
SECOND FLOOR PLANSCALE: 1/16" = 1'-0"
NORTH
260E260D260B
201
200
B21203
205
207
209
211
213
CR-2
C
260F260
260G262
260C
227
225
223
221
219
217
215
232
232A
234
CR-2B
235
237
243241239
238
238C238B
238A
204
202
260A
237A
238D
259 258 257 256
B17
252 251 250
DN
244
245
248
248A
CR-2
B
246
246A
DN
B30
247
B20
B7
B15
B10 B11B5
B8 B9
B12B14
B1
255 254 253
OPEN TO BELOW
UP
228
229B 229C
230
233
233A
240240B
240C
240D
CR-2A
229A
229DN
B2
DN
240E
231
240A
B16
B19
B26
255
129 FEET EGRESS PATH
0 1' 6' 12'
1/16" = 1' - 0"
20'
0 1' 6' 12'
1/16" = 1' - 0"
20'
EXISTING 1-HOUR RATED ATRIUM ENCLOSURE
CODE REFERENCES:2015 VUSBC - PART II, VIRGINIA EXISTING BUILDING CODE (VEBC)2010 ADA STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGNICC/ANSI 117.1-2009 ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE BUILDING FACILITIESVIRGINIA FIRE SAFETY REGULATIONS (VFSR)
WORK AREA OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION (VRC): B (BUSINESS)
EXISTING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION: IIA (NON-COMBUSTIBLE)
EXISTING RATINGS OF WORK AREA:ATRIUM ENCLOSURE - 1-HOURSTAIR SHAFTS & ELEVATOR ENCLOUSRE - 2-HOURSCORRIDOR WALLS - 0-HOURSTRUCTURAL FRAME - 1-HOUREXTERIOR BEARING WALLS - 1-HOURINTERIOR BEARING WALLS - 1-HOUREXTERIOR NON-BEARING WALLS - 0-HOURINTERIOR NON-BEARING WALLS - 0-HOURFLOOR CONSTRUCTION - 1-HOURROOF CONSTRUCTION 1-HOUR
FIRE SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH EXISTING RATED CONSTRUCTION.
EXISTING BUILDING AREA: 103,163 SQUARE FEETAREA OF LEVEL 2 RENOVATION: 5,978 SQUARE FEET
5,978 IS LESS THAN 50% OF 103,163
EXISTING AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION: YES
EXISTING FIRE ALARM: YES
WORK AREA CODE NOTES OCCUPANCY OF WORK AREA:BUSINESS (100 SF/PERSON) 5,978 SF GROSS 60
NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED 2PROVIDED 2
EGRESS LOAD FACTOR (1005.3) STAIRWAYS 0.2OTHER 0.15
MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORS REQUIRED 32 INCHES
MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE PERMITTED 300 FEET
WALL & CEILING FINISH EXITS CLASS BCORRIDORS CLASS CROOMS CLASS C
FLOOR FINISH GROUP B CLASS II
PROJECT DATA
2015 VEBC COMPLIANCE SUMMARYCHAPTER 4: ACCESSIBILITY404 ALTERATIONS
TURNING SPACE WHERE REQUIRED, AND AS SHOWN.WITH MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS, ACCESSIBLE DOOR HARDWARE, WHEELCHAIR SECTION, AND CHAPTER 11 OF THE VCC. SPACES WITHIN THE WORK AREA HAVE BEEN DESIGNED ALTERED SPACES HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THIS
CHAPTER 6: ALTERATIONS601 LEVELS OF ALTERATIONS601.2 LEVEL 1
OF EXISTING WALLS.ALTERATIONS DESIGNATED AS LEVEL 1 WORK INCLUDE REPLACEMENT OF FLOORING AND PAINTING
LEVEL 2ALTERATIONS IN THE WORK AREA INCLUDE THE REMOVAL OF SELECT EXISTING WALLS, DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLIES, AND ASSOCIATED MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DEVICES, THE RECONFIGURATION OF SYSTEMS, AND THE INSTALLATION OF ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT. THE WORK AREA DOES NOT EXCEED 50 PERCENT OF THE AGGREGATE AREA OF THE BUILDING. THEREFORE, THE ALTERATIONS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF CHAPTERS 6 & 7.
602 LEVEL 1 ALTERATIONS602.3 BUILDING ELEMENTS AND MATERIALS602.3.1 ALL NEW WALL AND CEILING FINISHES ARE DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 8 OF THE VCC.602.3.2 ALL NEW INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH MATERIAL IS DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 804 OF THE VCC.602.3.4 MATERIALS AND METHODS
ALL NEW WORK AS SHOWN HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH THE MATERIALS AND METHODS REQUIREMENTS IN THE VCC AND OTHER APPLICABLE CODES.
603 LEVEL 2 ALTERATIONS603.4 BUILDING ELEMENTS AND MATERIALS603.4.1.1 EXISTING VERTICAL OPENINGS
NO VERTICAL OPENINGS ARE CONTAINED WITHIN THE PROJECT WORK AREA.603.4.3 ALL NEW INTERIOR FINISH MATERIAL IS DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH THE VCC.603.5 FIRE PROTECTION603.5.2 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM EXISTS THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING AND SHALL BE MODIFIED WHERE SPACE IS RECONFIGURED.
603.5.4 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION
ALARM SYSTEM WILL BE MODIFIED WHERE SPACE IS RECONFIGURED.THE BUILDING HAS AN EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM THAT SHALL REMAIN. THE EXISTING FIRE
603.6 MEANS OF EGRESS603.6.1 GENERAL
THE WORK AREA OF THIS PROJECT DOES NOT INCLUDE EXITS OR CORRIDORS SHARED BY MORE THAN ONE TENANT.
603.6.4 OPENINGS IN CORRIDOR WALLS603.6.4.1 CORRIDOR DOORS
NEWLY INSTALLED CORRIDOR DOORS SHALL BE SOLID CORE WOOD AS REQUIRED.603.7 STRUCTURAL
NO NEW STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE INCLUDED IN THE WORK AREA.PROPOSED WORK DOES NOT INCREASE STRUCTURAL LOAD ON EXISTING BUILDING.
603.8 ELECTRICAL
AND SECTION 603.8.3.ALL NEWLY INSTALLED ELECTRICAL WILL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 70
603.6 MECHANICAL
SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 603.9.1 - SEE MECHANCIAL DRAWINGS.PROVIDE NATURAL OR MECHANICAL VENTILATION PER THE IMC. EXISTING MECHANICAL UNITS
603.1 PLUMBING
PLUMBING COUNT SHALL REMAIN.THIS PROJECT DOES NOT INCREASE THE OCCUPANT LOAD MORE THAN 20-PERCENT. EXISTING
OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION AND HEIGHTS AND AREAS, HAS NOT BEEN PERFORMED.CODE ANALYSIS IS LIMITED TO THE WORK AREAS DESINATED. A FULL BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS, INCLUDING
LEGEND
DELINEATES EXTENT OF LEVEL 2 WORK AREA
DELINEATES LOCATION OF LEVEL 1 WORK
DJJ
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
KCF
01/21/19
1718-5
Revisions
BLAC
KSBU
RG, V
IRGI
NIA
GEOG
RAPH
Y DE
PART
MENT
WAL
LACE
HAL
L UPF
IT F
OR T
HE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
A1.01
FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION & FLOOR PLAN
A3
A2 A4
117
113
115
111
109
107
105
103
A44
A46
A47
A48
A49
100
120 122
121
A45
UP
106A
CR-1
B
119
DN
121A 121B
123
123A
113A111A
115A 117A
107A 109A
103A 105A
100C
100B
100A
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
20'FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLANSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
NORTH
101A101B
101C
102
101
9
2
7
4152
91
1
16
56 5
6
56
56
56
9
1
NOTE: SEE SHEET A1.02 FOR DEMOLITION NOTES
A49
UP
DN
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
20'FIRST FLOOR PLANSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
NORTH
101ASTORAGE
101COMPUTER
101E
A2
NOTE: SEE SHEET A1.03 FOR PLAN NOTES
SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLANSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
NORTH
B7
B15
B10B3B6B5
B8
B14
223
225
227
221
B1
B22
B23
B25
B24
215
260D
257 256 255 254
253
OPEN TO BELOW
228
229B 229C
230
B29
233
233A
262
260
CR-2C
CR-2A
229A
229
DN
B2
B28
DN
231
B16
B19
B26
201
200
205
202
204
B21
260A 260B 260C
260G
259 258
203
207
209
211
213
217
219
237
235
CR-2B
239241
243
232B
232
234
238B
238
238C238A
CR-2C
260BA
232C
236
236A
2
1
1
1
1
22
20
2
10
2121
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
6 6
56
56
56
56
6
56
56
56
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
56
4
78
14
2
3
3
1112
13
8'-5"
3 1
2
1
1
17
18
19
2020
20
2
1
20
UP
2
LIMIT OF RENOVATED AREA IN SUITE 260
56
1
1
1
5'-4"
56
56
EXISTING BULKHEAD
2324
25
25
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
20'
6
26DJJ
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
KCF
01/21/19
1718-5
Revisions
BLAC
KSBU
RG, V
IRGI
NIA
GEOG
RAPH
Y DE
PART
MENT
WAL
LACE
HAL
L UPF
IT F
OR T
HE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
A1.02
SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN
1
03/1/191 ADDENDUM 1
GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES1. COORDINATE WITH BUILDING OWNER WHEN UTILITY SERVICES ARE TO BE INTERRUPTED.
2. SALVAGE ALL USABLE BUILDING MATERIALS TO BUILDING OWNER. RECYCLE NON-SALVAGABLE MATERIALS TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. LEGALLY DISPOSE OF MATERIALS NOT SALVAGED OR RECYCLED.
3. PATCH AND REPAIR INTERFACE OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS IN-KIND WITH REMAINING MATERIALS TO CONCEAL DEMOLITION AND MAINTAIN SMOOTH, FLUSH WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS.
4. NEATLY DEMOLISH WORK CALLED FOR REMOVAL. TEMPORARILY SUPPORT WORK TO REMAIN.
5. REMOVE WALLS AS INDICATED. PREPARE AND REPAIR REMAINING FLOOR AND WALL SURFACES TO RECEIVE SPECIFIED FINISHES.
6. SEE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING FOR DEMOLITION NOT SHOWN.
DEMOLITION NOTES
1. COORDINATE WITH BUILDING OWNER WHEN UTILITY SERVICES ARE TO BE INTERRUPTED.
2. SALVAGE ALL USABLE BUILDING MATERIALS TO BUILDING OWNER. RECYCLE NON-SALVAGABLE MATERIALS TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. LEGALLY DISPOSE OF MATERIALS NOT SALVAGED OR RECYCLED.
3. PATCH AND REPAIR INTERFACE OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS IN-KIND WITH REMAINING MATERIALS TO CONCEAL DEMOLITION AND MAINTAIN SMOOTH, FLUSH WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS.
4. NEATLY DEMOLISH WORK CALLED FOR REMOVAL. TEMPORARILY SUPPORT WORK TO REMAIN.
5. REMOVE WALLS AS INDICATED. PREPARE AND REPAIR REMAINING FLOOR AND WALL SURFACES TO RECEIVE SPECIFIED FINISHES.
6. SEE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING FOR DEMOLITION NOT SHOWN.
DEMOLITION NOTESREMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY.
REMOVE EXISTING GWB AND METAL STUD PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED.
REMOVE EXISTING GWB AND METAL STUD PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED FOR NEW OPENING.
REMOVE EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES. CAP PIPING AT LOCATIONS WHERE SPECIFIED FIXTURES WILL NOT BE INSTALLED - SEE PLUMBING.
REMOVE EXISTING ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.
REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISH AND BASE. CLEAN AND PREPARE EXISTING SLAB FOR SPECIFIED FLOOR FINISH.
REMOVE COUNTERTOP, CASEWORK, AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.
REMOVE LOCKERS AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.
REMOVE EXISTING BUILT-IN WOOD CASEWORK AND ASSOCIATED PARTS. REMOVE GWB AND METAL STUD PARTITION WALL SURROUNDING CASEWORK TO EXTENT INDICATED.
REMOVE PANEL WALL SYSTEM AND SALVAGE TO OWNER.
REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 201.
REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 202.
REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 206.
REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 203.
REMOVE EXISTING SLIDING METAL STORAGE GATE AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.
REMOVE EXISTING COILING COUNTER DOOR AND ASSOCIATED PARTS. REMOVE EXISTING BULKHEAD. PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE INFILL.
REMOVE STOREFRONT AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS. REMOVE WALL TO EXTENT INDICATED.
REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW, SILL, AND MASONRY WALL BELOW SILL TO EXTENT INDICATED. PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY.
REMOVE EXISTING GWB AND METAL STUD BULKHEAD.
SAW CUT AND REMOVE EXISTING CMU PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED. CLEAN AND PATCH CONCRETE SLAB FLUSH WITH EXISTING ADJACENT SLAB. REMOVE CMU TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR DECK ABOVE.
SAW CUT AND REMOVE EXISTING CMU PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED FOR NEW OPENING. CLEAN AND PATCH CONCRETE FLUSH WITH EXISTING ADJACENT SLAB. REMOVE CMU TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR DECK ABOVE.
REMOVE WOOD DOORS AND SHEVLING WITH ASSOCIATED BULKHEAD.
REMOVE WOOD FRAMED CURB AND ASSOCIATED PARTS.
REMOVE EXISTING WOOD SHELVING AND SALVAGE TO OWNER.
REMOVE EXISTING HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS.
REMOVE EXISTING DOOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
DJJ
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
KCF
01/21/19
1718-5
Revisions
BLAC
KSBU
RG, V
IRGI
NIA
GEOG
RAPH
Y DE
PART
MENT
WAL
LACE
HAL
L UPF
IT F
OR T
HE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
A1.03
SECOND FLOOR PLAN
1
1
1
1
03/1/191 ADDENDUM 1
1
1
SECOND FLOOR PLANSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
NORTH
B6B5
OPEN TO BELOW
DN
DN
201OFFICE
200
OFFICE/LAB
205OFFICE
202OFFICE
204OFFICE
B21
CORR
IDOR
260AOFFICE
260BOFFICE
260COFFICE
260DOFFICE
260EOFFICE
260GCLOSET 260F
MEETING
203OFFICE
207OFFICE
209OFFICE
211OFFICE
213OFFICE
217OFFICE
219OFFICE
237GRAD STUDENTS
235OFFICE
CR-2BCORRIDOR
239OFFICE
241BREAK
243OFFICE
232AOFFICE
232
PHYS GEOG LAB
234CLASSROOM
238BOFFICE
238ADMIN
238CMEETING
238A
STORAGE/ WORK
CR-2
CCO
RRID
OR
5'-2" 3 5/8" 3 5/8" 5'-2"
2'-0"
3 5/8"
2'-0"
3 5/8"
10'-9" 3 5/8"
203
204
205
206
210 211
212
9
4
2
5 5
B
B
B
A
B
A
A
A A
AB
3 3
10'-8
"3 5
/8"
2
A
221OFFICE
223OFFICE
225OFFICE
227OFFICE
215OFFICE
A1.03C
A6.02
262ELEC
67
8
4
260RECEP
202201
E
A BA1.03
DA6.02
C
A F
AA
D
A1.03B
A6.02
4208
207
237ASTORAGE
UP
213
214
ALIGN WITH EXISTING BULKHEAD
A1.03A
A6.02
D
E
E 209EE
E
E
E
215
EE
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
CR-2CCORRIDOR
9 9 10
11
11
12
12
238DCLOSET
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
20'
1
8'-1 1/2"±3 5/8"
9'-3"± 8'-0 1/2"±3 5/8"
9'-3"± 3 5/8"8'-0 1/2"±
3
3'-1 1
/2" 8 1/2"
D
ABV
ABV
5'-4"
3 5/8"
5'-0" 3 5/8"
2
12ABV
2
A1.03E
A6.02
A1.03F
A6.02
A1.03G
A6.02
REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY.
REMOVE EXISTING GWB AND METAL STUD PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED.
REMOVE EXISTING GWB AND METAL STUD PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED FOR NEW OPENING.
REMOVE EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES. CAP PIPING AT LOCATIONS WHERE SPECIFIED FIXTURES WILL NOT BE INSTALLED - SEE PLUMBING.
REMOVE EXISTING ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.
REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISH AND BASE. CLEAN AND PREPARE EXISTING SLAB FOR SPECIFIED FLOOR FINISH.
REMOVE COUNTERTOP, CASEWORK, AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.
REMOVE LOCKERS AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.
REMOVE EXISTING BUILT-IN WOOD CASEWORK AND ASSOCIATED PARTS. REMOVE GWB AND METAL STUD PARTITION WALL SURROUNDING CASEWORK TO EXTENT INDICATED.
REMOVE PANEL WALL SYSTEM AND SALVAGE TO OWNER.
REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 201.
REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 202.
REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 206.
REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY. RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR IN NEW FRAME AT DOOR 203.
REMOVE EXISTING SLIDING METAL STORAGE GATE AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS.
REMOVE EXISTING COILING COUNTER DOOR AND ASSOCIATED PARTS. REMOVE EXISTING BULKHEAD. PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE INFILL.
REMOVE STOREFRONT AND ALL ASSOCIATED PARTS. REMOVE WALL TO EXTENT INDICATED.
REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW, SILL, AND MASONRY WALL BELOW SILL TO EXTENT INDICATED. PREPARE OPENING TO RECEIVE DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY.
REMOVE EXISTING GWB AND METAL STUD BULKHEAD.
SAW CUT AND REMOVE EXISTING CMU PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED. CLEAN AND PATCH CONCRETE SLAB FLUSH WITH EXISTING ADJACENT SLAB. REMOVE CMU TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR DECK ABOVE.
SAW CUT AND REMOVE EXISTING CMU PARTITION TO EXTENT INDICATED FOR NEW OPENING. CLEAN AND PATCH CONCRETE FLUSH WITH EXISTING ADJACENT SLAB. REMOVE CMU TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR DECK ABOVE.
REMOVE WOOD DOORS AND SHEVLING WITH ASSOCIATED BULKHEAD.
REMOVE WOOD FRAMED CURB AND ASSOCIATED PARTS.
REMOVE EXISTING WOOD SHELVING AND SALVAGE TO OWNER.
REMOVE EXISTING HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS.
REMOVE EXISTING DOOR
INFILL EXISTING OPENING WITH 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER WITH 5/8" GWB BOTH SIDES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL SOUND ATTENTION INSULATION WHEN PRESENT IN EXISTING WALL.
ALIGN FACE OF WALL WITH EXISTING.
CENTER WALL ON CENTER OF WINDOW MULLION.
PROVIDE CMU INFILL OF EXISTING OPENING. TOOTH MASONRY INTO EXISTING. FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT WALL FINISH. PAINT BOTH SIDES OF WALL CORNER TO CORNER.
PROVIDE F-REVEAL DRYWALL TRIM AT TRANSITION FROM GWB TO EXISTING CMU. PROVIDE SEALANT ALONG EDGE OF TRIM TO CMU. PAINT TRIM, CMU, AND GWB TO MATCH EXISTING CORRIDOR WALL.
FURR-OUT EXISTING CMU WALL WITH 3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER AND 5/8" GWB ON EXPOSED FACE. PROVIDE DRYWALL TRIM AROUND PERIMETER OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL. ENCLOSE EXISTING PANEL CONDUIT IN WALL FURR-OUT. ALIGN FINISH FACE OF GWB WITH PANEL COVER PLATE AND DOOR.
PROVIDE BASE AND WALL CABINETS AND COUNTERTOP. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.
PROVIDE PLASTIC-LAMINATE FACED CASE AND ADJUSTABLE SHELVING IN EXISTING WALL OPENING.
PROVIDE VCT AT DOOR ALCOVE.
PROVIDE UNIVERSITY STANDARD GLAZING FILM ON EXISTING SIDELITES. PAINT EXISTING DOOR FRAME. COLOR AS SELECTED BY OWNER.
PROVIDE UNIVERSITY STANDARD GLAZING FILM ON EXISTING WINDOWS.
PAINT EXISTING WOOD TRANSOM PANEL TO MATCH DOOR FRAME. COLOR AS SELECTED BY OWNER.
PLAN NOTES
GENERAL PLAN NOTES1. PROVIDE DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLIES PER DOOR SCHEDULE ON SHEET A6.01.
2. PROVIDE FINISHES PER FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A6.01 PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF SPECIFIED FLOORING, PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING SLAB WITH FLOOR LEVELER AS RECOMMENDED BY VINYL OR CARPET MANUFACTURER.
3. PATCH AND REPAIR INTERFACE OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS IN-KIND WITH REMAINING MATERIALS TO CONCEAL DEMOLITION AND MAINTAIN SMOOTH, FLUSH WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS.
4. PROVIDE FILM ON GLAZING ON SUITE ENTRY DOORS AND WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED. PROVIDE UNIVERSITY STANDARD AVERY 900 SERIES ETCHMARK.
1
2
3
4
5
CEILING PLAN NOTES
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
WALL TYPESA
ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM
BASE ASSCHEDULEDFLOOR FINISHAS SCHEDULED
3-1/2" SOUNDATTENUATION INSULATION
3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER WITH 5/8" GWB ON BOTH SIDES
EXISTING FLOOR DECK ABOVE
CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL GASKET OR FLEXIBLE SEALANT
B
ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM
BASE ASSCHEDULED
FLOOR FINISHAS SCHEDULED
3-1/2" SOUNDATTENUATION INSULATION
3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER WITH 5/8" GWB ON BOTH SIDES
6" MIN
C
ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM
BASE ASSCHEDULED
FLOOR FINISHAS SCHEDULED
EXISTING WALL
3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER WITH 5/8" GWB
6" MIN
D(CHASE WALL)
BASE ASSCHEDULED
FLOOR FINISHAS SCHEDULED
3-5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" ON CENTER WITH 5/8" GWB ON BOTH SIDES
6" MIN
E
EXISTING CEILINGTO REMAIN
BASE ASSCHEDULED
FLOOR FINISHAS SCHEDULED
3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER WITH 5/8" GWB ON BOTH SIDES
ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM
F
EXISTING BULKHEADTO REMAIN
BASE ASSCHEDULED
FLOOR FINISHAS SCHEDULED
3-5/8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER WITH 5/8" GWB ON BOTH SIDES
CONTINUOUS METAL DEFLECTION TRACK SYSTEM ATTACHED TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE
7'-6"
DJJ
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
KCF
01/21/19
1718-5
Revisions
BLAC
KSBU
RG, V
IRGI
NIA
GEOG
RAPH
Y DE
PART
MENT
WAL
LACE
HAL
L UPF
IT F
OR T
HE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
A1.04
FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
DN
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
20'FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLANSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
NORTH
102
101
2 x 4 RECESSED FIXTURE
2 x 4 RECESSED FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY BACKUP
2 x 2 RECESSED FIXTURE
EXIT LIGHT
SUPPLY DIFFUSER
RETURN GRILLE
CEILING PLAN SYMBOL LEGEND
CEILING PLAN NOTES1. CEILING PLAN DEPICTS CEILING MOUNTED FIXTURES. SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL
DRAWINGS FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS.
2. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE TYPES.
DJJ
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
KCF
01/21/19
1718-5
Revisions
BLAC
KSBU
RG, V
IRGI
NIA
GEOG
RAPH
Y DE
PART
MENT
WAL
LACE
HAL
L UPF
IT F
OR T
HE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
A1.05
SECOND FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
03/1/191 ADDENDUM 11
BULKHEAD BULKHEAD
SECOND FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLANSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
NORTH
B29
CR-2C
260E260D
260F
260
260C260B260A
200
201
203
205
207
209
211
213
217
219
B21
202
204
259 258
237
239 241
243
238B 238C
234232
232B
CR-2
C
CR-2B
256257
215
219
221
223
225
227
235
237A
MODIFY EXISTING CEILING AT CHASE WALLS
238238A238D
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
20'
2 x 4 RECESSED FIXTURE
2 x 4 RECESSED FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY BACKUP
2 x 2 RECESSED FIXTURE
EXIT LIGHT
SUPPLY DIFFUSER
RETURN GRILLE
CEILING PLAN SYMBOL LEGEND
CEILING PLAN NOTES1. CEILING PLAN DEPICTS CEILING MOUNTED FIXTURES. SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL
DRAWINGS FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS.
2. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE TYPES.
2 x 2 ASC CEILING
TYPICAL BULKHEAD DETAILSCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
2"6"
MIN
5/8" GWB
EXISTING FLOOR DECK ABOVE
CLIP CONNECTION - (2) 1/4" CONCRETE SCREWS WITH 1-1/2" MIN EMBED DEPTH
3-5/8" METAL STUD BRACE AT 8'-0" OC
(2) #10 AT STUD BRACING
FLOOR WALLS CEILINGNO. ROOM NAME MATERIAL BASE MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL HEIGHT COMMENTS NO.
101 COMPUTER VCT RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 9'-0" 101101A STORAGE VCT RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 9'-0" 101A
200 OFFICE / LAB EXISTING EXISTING GWB / EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 200201 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 201202 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 202203 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 203204 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 204205 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 205207 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 207209 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 209211 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 211213 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 213215 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 215217 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 217219 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 219221 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 221223 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 223225 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 225227 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 227232 PHYS GEOG LAB VCT RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 232
232A OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 232B234 CLASSROOM CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 9'-0" 234235 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 235237 GRAD STUDENTS CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 237
237A STORAGE VCT RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 237A238 ADMINISTRATION CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 238
238A STORAGE/WORK CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-0" 238A238B OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 238B238C MEETING CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 238C238D CLOSET CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-0" 238D239 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 239241 BREAK VCT RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-0" 241243 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-0" 243255 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 255256 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 258257 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 259258 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 258259 OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING 259260 RECEP CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 260
260A OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 260A260B OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 260B260C OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 260C260D OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 260D260E OFFICE CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 260E260F MEETING CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-8" 260F260G CLOSET CARPET TILE RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-0" 260G262 ELEC VCT RUBBER GWB / EXISTING PAINT ASC 8'-0" 262B-21 CORRIDOR EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING B-21
CR-2B CORRIDOR VCT/EXISTING RUBBER/EXISTING GWB / EXISTING PAINT EXISTING / ASC EXISTING / 8'-8" ASC AT CLASSROOM 234 ALCOVES CR-2BCR2C CORRIDOR EXISTING RUBBER/EXISTING GWB / EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING PAINT CORNER TO CORNER OF WALL AT INFILL CR2C
DJJ
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
KCF
01/21/19
1718-5
Revisions
BLAC
KSBU
RG, V
IRGI
NIA
GEOG
RAPH
Y DE
PART
MENT
WAL
LACE
HAL
L UPF
IT F
OR T
HE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
A6.01
SCHEDULES & DETAILS
FINISH SCHEDULE
DOOR FRAME HARDWARE
NO. WIDTH HEIGHT THICK. MATL. CORE FINISH TYPE MATL FINISH TYPE DETAILJAMB HEAD/
1-1/2
PR.
HIN
GES
FLO
OR S
TOP
WAL
L STO
P
PAS
SAGE
LATC
H
ENT
RANC
E LO
CK
STO
RERO
OM LO
CK
CLO
SER
COMMENTS NO.
E EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING HARDWARE TO REMAIN E
101 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN A HM PAINT A B X X X X RELOCATED EXISTING DOOR 101
201 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING A HM PAINT A B X X X X RELOCATED EXISTING DOOR 201202 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING B HM PAINT B B X X X X RELOCATED EXISTING DOOR 202203 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING D HM PAINT A C X X X RELOCATED EXISTING DOOR 203204 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN D HM PAINT A C X X X 204205 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN B HM PAINT A B X X X 205206 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING D HM PAINT A B X X X RELOCATED EXISTING DOOR 206207 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN A HM PAINT A D X X X X 20-MINUTE RATED DOOR 207208 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN A HM PAINT A D X X X 208209 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING D EXISTING PAINT EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING HARDWARE TO REMAIN 209210 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN C HM PAINT A D X X X X 210211 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN C HM PAINT A C X X X X 211212 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN A HM PAINT A C X X X 212213 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN D HM PAINT A C X X X 213214 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN A HM PAINT A A X X X 214215 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WOOD SOLID PREFIN C EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING X X X 215
DOOR SCHEDULE
C
1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING
SOLID CORE FLUSH WOOD DOOR
6" 6"
6"3'-
4"
FROSTED FILM - UNIVERSITY STANDARD
FRAME TYPE
HOLLOW METAL FRAME
A
2"7'-
0"
7'-2"
2" 2"ASSCHEDULED
D
1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING
SOLID CORE FLUSH WOOD DOOR
6" 1'-0"
6"3'-
4"
DOOR TYPES
A B
SOLID CORE FLUSH WOOD DOOR
1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING
SOLID CORE FLUSH WOOD DOOR
6" 6"
6"10
"
FROSTED FILM - UNIVERSITY STANDARD
HOLLOW METAL FRAME
B
2"7'-
0"
7'-2"
2"2"SCHEDULED
AS 2'-0"2" 2"
2'-0"
2'-6"
2"2"
NOTE: WHERE EXISTING DOORS ARE NOTED TO BE REUSED, MODIFY EXISTING DOOR TO RECEIVE LITE KIT WHERE REQUIRED
C
HEAD
JAMB
HM DOOR FRAME
CONTINUOUS SEALANT
HM DOOR FRAME2"
6 1/8"
2"
5/8" GWB OVER 3 5/8"METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER
6 1/8"
ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION
HEAD & JAMB DETAILSSCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
4 7/8"
5/8" GWB OVER 3 5/8"METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER
CONTINUOUS SEALANT
ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION
JAMB
HM DOOR FRAME - GROUT SOLID
A
6" CMU - TOOTH NEW CMU INTO EXISTING
JAMB ANCHOR - 3 PER JAMB
CONTINUOUS SEALANT (TYPICAL)
HEAD
6 3/4"
2"
6 3/4"
2"
HM DOOR FRAME
EXISTING CMU
CONTINUOUS SEALANT (TYPICAL)
MASONRY LINTEL
B
HEAD
JAMB
HM DOOR FRAME
CONTINUOUS SEALANT
HM DOOR FRAME2"6 1/8"±
2"
EXISTING PARTITION WALL
6 1/8"±
EXISTING PARTITION WALL
CONTINUOUS SEALANT
JAMBHM DOOR FRAME - GROUT SOLID
D
6" CMU - TOOTH NEW CMU INTO EXISTING BELOW EXISTING WINDOW SILL HEIGHTJAMB ANCHOR - 3 PER JAMBCONTINUOUS SEALANT (TYPICAL)
HEAD
6 3/4"±
2"
6 3/4"±
2"
HM DOOR FRAME
EXISTING CMU
CONTINUOUS SEALANT (TYPICAL)
EXISTING MASONRY LINTEL
EXISTING GWB
5/8" GWB - TURN BACK TO FRAME
VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY VERIFY
VERIFYVERIFYVERIFYVERIFY
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
THRESHOLD DETAILSCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
DOOR PANEL
EXISTING VCT
VINYL TRANSITION STRIP
CARPET
VCT - MATCH EXISTING
DJJ
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
KCF
01/21/19
1718-5
Revisions
BLAC
KSBU
RG, V
IRGI
NIA
GEOG
RAPH
Y DE
PART
MENT
WAL
LACE
HAL
L UPF
IT F
OR T
HE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
A6.02
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
03/1/191 ADDENDUM 1
1
PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE CABINETS
PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP
ADJUSTABLE SHELVING- TYPICAL
ELEVATIONSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
BA1.03 A6.02
12" DEEP PLASTIC LAMINATE WALL CABINETS
16" DEEP WALL CABINET
2'-9" 1'-3" 2'-3"
2'-9" 1'-3" 2'-3"
6'-4"
FILLER
1'-9 1
/2"2'-
10 1/
2"1 1
/2"2'-
4 1/2"
4"
2'-2"
16" DEEP MAIL SLOT CABINET
FILLER
6'-4"
A6.02 A6.021
FINISHED END PANEL
FINISHED END PANEL
A1.03
REFRIGERATOR(NIC)
PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE CABINETS
PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP
ELEVATIONSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
A
FILLER
5'-1 1/2"
2'-4 1
/2"4"
A6.02
2'-0" 3'-0"
1 1/2" MICRO
(NIC)
FINISHED END PANEL
2'-10
"
PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED BASE CABINETS
PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH
ADJUSTABLE SHELVING- TYPICAL
PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED WALL CABINETS
2'-6"
2'-2 1
/2"1 1
/2"2'-
4"4"
FILLER FILLER
5'-9"
2'-6" 3'-0"
FILLER
5'-9"
2'-6" 1'-0" 2'-2"
REF (NIC)
3/4" LAMINATE ADJUSTABLE SHELVING- TYPICAL
E
ELEVATIONSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
CA1.03 A6.02
3'-3"±
ELEVATIONSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
DA1.03 A6.02
PLASTIC LAMINATE BASE CABINETS
PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP
ADJUSTABLE SHELVING- TYPICAL
PLASTIC LAMINATE WALL CABINETS
6'-7 1/2"
FILLER
FILLER
6'-7 1/2"
2'-6" 1'-6" 2'-6"
2'-6"
2'-2"
1 1/2"
2'-4 1
/2"4"
2'-6" 1'-6" 2'-6"
FINISHED END PANEL
CASEWORK SECTIONSCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"
1A6.02 A6.02
RUBBER BASE
PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED BASE CABINET
PLASTIC-LAMINATE FACED COUNTERTOP
SEALED WOOD CABINET INTERIOR
1 1/2"
2'-4 1
/2"4"
PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED DOOR AND DRAWER FRONT
2'-1"
2'-0"
1'-0"
PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED DOOR
SEALED WOOD CABINET INTERIOR
SEALED SOLID WOOD ADJUSTABLE SHELVING
SEALANT
3/4" = 1'- 0"
0 6" 1' 2' 4'
ELEVATIONSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
EA1.03 A6.02
REFRIG(NIC)
DRYER RACK(OFCI)
PLASTIC-LAMINATE OPEN CABINET WITH ADJUSTABLE SHELVING
FINISHED END PANEL
FINISHED END PANEL
EPOXY RESIN COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH
UNDERMOUNT EPOXY RESIN SINK
PULL-OUT SHELVING BASE CABINET
PLASTIC-LAMINATE DRAWER BASE CABINET
2'-0" 3'-0" 2'-6" 2'-6" 3'-0" 3'-0" 2'-0"
KNEE SPACE
2'-0"
1 1/2"
4"2'-
4 1/2"
PLASTIC LAMINATE WALL CABINET
PLASTIC LAMINATE OPEN CABINET WITH ADJUSTABLE SHELVING
PLASTIC LAMINATE SINK BASE CABINET
PLASTIC-LAMINATE DRAWER BASE CABINET
ELEVATIONSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
FA1.03 A6.02
ELEVATIONSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
GA1.03 A6.02
1 1/2"
2'-8 1
/2"
2'-4 1
/2"2'-
3" M
IN
1 1/2"
2'-8 1
/2"
2'-4 1
/2"2'-
3" M
IN2'-0" 4'-2 1/2" 1'-3" 2'-6"1'-6" 4'-0" 3'-0" 2'-3" FILLER
PLASTIC-LAMINATE COUNTERTOP
PLASTIC-LAMINATE BASE CABINET
PLASTIC-LAMINATE DRAWER BASE
FINISHED END PANEL - TYPICAL AT EXPOSED ENDS
PLASTIC-LAMINATE APRON
PLASTIC-LAMINATE DRAWER BASE CABINET
PLASTIC-LAMINATE PULL-OUT SHELVING BASE CABINET
HM FRAME TRANSOM WINDOW IN EXISTING WALL2'-
0"5'-
2"
4'-0" 3"
FILLER 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-6" FILLER
3'-0"
2'-0"
BOOKSHELF(NIC)
PLASTIC-LAMINATE WALL CABINET WITH ADJUSTABLE SHELVING
01/21/19
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
SPG
01/21/19
1718-5
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
DJJ
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
BLAC
KSBU
RG, V
IRGI
NIA
GEOG
RAPH
Y DE
PART
MENT
WAL
LACE
HAL
L UPF
IT F
OR T
HE
A9.01
SPECIFICATIONS
1.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. PROTECT METAL FRAMING UNITS FROM RUSTING AND DAMAGE. DELIVER TO THE PROJECTSITE IN MANUFACTURER'S UNOPENED CONTAINERS OR BUNDLES, CLEARLY IDENTIFIED WITH NAME, BRAND, TYPE, AND GRADE. STORE OFF THE GROUND IN A DRY VENTILATED SPACE, OR PROTECT WITH APPROVED WATERPROOF COVERING.
1.3 FABRICATION
A. ATTACH SIMILAR COMPONENTS BY WELDING OR WITH SELF TAPPING SCREWS RECOMMENDED, OR REQUIRED, BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE INSTALLATION INDICATED. ATTACHED DISSIMILAR COMPONENTS BY WELDING, BOLTING, OR SCREW FASTENING, PER MANUFACTURER STANDARDS. WIRE TYING OF FRAMING COMPONENTS IS NOT PERMITTED.
1.4 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL METAL FRAMING SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.
B. RUNNER TRACKS: INSTALL CONTINUOUS TRACKS SIZED TO MATCH STUDS. ALIGN TRACKS ACCURATELY TO THE LAYOUT AT BASE AND TOP OF STUDS. SECURE TRACKS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE STUD MANUFACTURER FOR THE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION INVOLVED. DO NOT EXCEED 24" O.C. SPACING FOR NAIL OR POWER-DRIVEN FASTENERS; DO NOT EXCEED 16" O.C. FOR OTHER TYPES OF ATTACHMENT. PROVIDE FASTEN ERS AT CORNERS AND ENDS OF TRACKS.
C. SET STUDS PLUM, EXCEPT AS NEEDED FOR DIAGONAL BRACING OR REQUIRED FOR NON-PLUMB WALLS OR WARPED SURFACES AND SIMILAR REQUIREMENTS.
D. WHEN STUD SYSTEM ABUTS STRUCTURAL COLUMNS OR WALLS, INCLUDING MASONRY WALLS AND CONCRETE WALLS, ANCHOR END OF STIFFENERS TO SUPPORTING STRUCTURE.
E. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING, BLOCKING, AND BRACING WHERE WALLS OR PARTITIONS ARE INDICATED TO SUPPORT FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, CASEWORK, HEAVY TRIM, AND FURNISHING OR SIMILAR WORK REQUIRING ATTACHMENT TO THE WALL/PARTITION. WHERE TYPE OF SUPPORT IS NOT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS, CONSIDERING THE WEIGHT/LOAD RESULTING FOR THE ITEM SUPPORTED.
SECTION 061000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.1 MATERIALS
A. WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL1. LUMBER: DOC PS 20 AND APPLICABLE RULES OF GRADING AGENCIES INDICATED. IF NO
GRADING AGENCY IS INDICATED, PROVIDE LUMBER THAT COMPLIES WITH THE APPLICABLE RULES OF ANY RULES-WRITING AGENCY CERTIFIED BY THE ALSC BOARD OF REVIEW. PROVIDE LUMBER GRADED BY AN AGENCY CERTIFIED BY THE ALSC BOARD OF REVIEW TO INSPECT AND GRADE LUMBER UNDER THE RULES INDICATED.a. FACTORY MARK EACH PIECE OF LUMBER WITH GRADE STAMP OF GRADING AGENCY.b. PROVIDE DRESSED LUMBER, S4S, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
2. MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF LUMBER: 19 PERCENT.
B. FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS1. GENERAL: WHERE FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS ARE INDICATED, USE MATERIALS
COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THIS ARTICLE, THAT ARE ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND WITH FIRE-TEST-RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS SPECIFIED AS DETERMINED BY TESTING IDENTICAL PRODUCTS PER TEST METHOD INDICATED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY.
2. FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD BY PRESSURE PROCESS: PRODUCTS WITH A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF 25 OR LESS WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 84, AND WITH NO EVIDENCE OF SIGNIFICANT PROGRESSIVE COMBUSTION WHEN THE TEST IS EXTENDED AN ADDITIONAL 20 MINUTES, AND WITH THE FLAME FRONT NOT EXTENDING MORE THAN 10.5 FEET (3.2 M) BEYOND THE CENTERLINE OF THE BURNERS AT ANY TIME DURING THE TEST.a. EXTERIOR TYPE: TREATED MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED
ABOVE FOR FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD BY PRESSURE PROCESS AFTER BEING SUBJECTED TO ACCELERATED WEATHERING ACCORDING TO ASTM D 2898. USE FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS AND WHERE INDICATED.
b. INTERIOR TYPE A: TREATED MATERIALS SHALL HAVE A MOISTURE CONTENT OF 28 PERCENT OR LESS WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM D 3201 AT 92 PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY. USE WHERE EXTERIOR TYPE IS NOT INDICATED.
3. KILN-DRY LUMBER AFTER TREATMENT TO A MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF 19 PERCENT.4. IDENTIFY FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED WOOD WITH APPROPRIATE CLASSIFICATION MARKING
OF QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY.5. GENERAL: PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT LUMBER AS FOLLOWS:
a.BLOCKING.b.NAILERS.c. FURRING.d.GROUNDS.
6. FOR ITEMS OF DIMENSION LUMBER SIZE, PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION OR NO. 2 GRADE LUMBER OF ANY SPECIES.
7. FOR CONCEALED BOARDS, PROVIDE LUMBER WITH 19 PERCENT MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT.
SECTION 064116 - PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED WOOD CASEWORK1.1 CABINETS
A. BASIS OF DESIGN: PREFINISHED CASEWORK MANUFACTURED BY WOOD-MODE FINE CUSTOM CABINETRY, OR EQUAL, ONE SECOND STREET, KREAMER, PA 17833. MODEL: BROOKHAVEN VISTA LAMINATE, OVERLAY.
B. FRONT EDGES:SHALL BE EDGE BANDED W/ LAMINATE TO MATCH THE COLOR SPECIFIED ON THE
ORDER FOR THE FINISHED SIDES C. DOORS: SHALL BE 3/4" MINIMUM THICK OVERLAY PLYWOOD CONSTRUCTION W/ SELF-CLOSING
ADJUSTABLE CONCEALED HINGES. NO EXPOSED REVEAL BETWEEN CABINETS AND BETWEEN DOORS AND DRAWERHEADS. TWO DOORS WILL BE USED ON CASES ABOVE 24" IN WIDTH.
D. DRAWERS: MAPLE DOVETAIL DRAWERBOX: DRAWER-HEADS SHALL BE 3/4" MIN THICK, W/ OVERLAY
CONSTRUCTION. DRAWER-BOXES SHALL BE MADE OF 5/8" MIN THICK SOLID MAPLE LUMBER, W/ SIDES DOVETAILED AND GLUED INTO FRONT & BACK. "B" DRAWERS HAVE FULL HEIGHT FRONTS, BACKS AND SIDES. DRAWER BOTTOMS OF MAPLE PLYWOOD SHALL BE LET INTO THE SIDES, FRONTS, AND BACKS. DRAWERHEADS SHALL BE FASTENED TO THE DRAWERBOXES WITH SCREWS. DRAWERS ARE MOUNTED ON BLUM TANDEM FULL EXTENSIONS SLIDES WITH SOFT CLOSE FEATURE.
E. DRAWER SLIDES: SHALL BE FULL EXTENSION SIDE MOUNT TYPE MADE OF HEAVY DUTY GAUGE
STEEL DESIGNED FOR SMOOTH OPERATION WITH GOOD LATERAL STABILITY AND LOAD CAPACITY. DRAWER SLIDES SHALL BE BLUM FULL EXTENSION, WITH A SOFT CLOSE FEATURE & SHALL INCORPORATE A POSITIVE STOP.
F. SIDES: EXPOSED CABINET SIDES SHALL BE 3/4" MIN THICK PLYWOOD W/ WOOD VENEER ON THE
EXPOSED SIDE & NATURAL FINISHED MAPLE VENEER ON THE INTERIOR. CONCEALED CABINET SIDES SHALL BE 11/16" MIN THICK PLYWOOD WITH NATURAL FINISHED MAPLE VENEER ON BOTH SIDES. TONGUE & GROOVE CONSTRUCTION W/ ADHESIVE.
G. BOTTOMS & TOPS OF WALL CABINETS: MATERIALS SHALL BE 5/8" MIN THICK PLYWOOD W/ MAPLE
VENEER ON BOTH SIDES THE EXTERIOR OF THE BOTTOM IS TONED TO MATCH THE CABINET FINISH. THE INTERIOR OF THE BOTTOM AND BOTH SIDES OF THE TOP ARE FINISHED NATURAL. TOPS & BOTTOMS ARE TONGUED, GROOVED & GLUED TO THE FRONT FRAME.
H. BOTTOMS OF BASE CABINETS: MATERIALS SHALL BE 11/16" MIN PLYWOOD SURFACED INSIDE AND
OUTSIDE W/ MAPLE VENEER ON BOTH SIDES. TOPS & BOTTOMS SHALL BE DOWELED AND GLUED TO THE CABINET SIDES.
SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. DEMOLITION INCLUDES THE COMPLETE WRECKING OF ITEMS OF EXISTING WORK INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND THE PROTECTION OF EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN. DEMOLITION SHALL INCLUDE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED TO PERMIT CONSTRUCTION OF WORK CALLED FOR IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THIS WORK.
1.2 CONDITION OF THE BUILDING
A. CONDITION OF BUILDING - CONDITIONS EXISTING AT THE TIME OF INSPECTION FOR BIDDING PURPOSES WILL BE MAINTAINED BY THE OWNER IN SO FAR AS PRACTICABLE. HOWEVER, VARIATIONS WITHIN THE STRUCTURE MAY OCCUR BY OWNER'S REMOVAL AND SALVAGE OPERATIONS PRIOR TO THE START OF THE DEMOLITION WORK.
B. ASBESTOS – IT IS NOT EXPECTED THAT ASBESTOS WILL BE ENCOUNTERED IN THE WORK IN AREAS OTHER THAN THOSE LISTED IN ASBESTOS ABATEMENT NOTE ON COVER SHEET AND IDENTIFIED IN THE ASBESTOS REPORT. IF ANY MATERIALS SUSPECTED OF CONTAINING ASBESTOS ARE ENCOUNTERED, OTHER THAN THOSE IDENTIFIED TO BE ABATED IN THE CONTRACT, DO NOT DISTURB THE MATERIALS. IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER.
C. LEAD-BASED PAINT – IF ANY MATERIALS SUSPECTED OF CONTAINING LEAD ARE ENCOUNTERED, DO NOT DISTURB THE MATERIALS. IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER.
D. PARTIAL REMOVAL - ITEMS OF SALVAGEABLE VALUE TO THE CONTRACTOR MAY BE REMOVED FROM THE STRUCTURE AS THE WORK PROGRESSES. SALVAGED ITEMS MUST BE TRANSPORTED FROM THE SITE AS THEY ARE REMOVED. STORAGE OR SALES OF REMOVED ITEMS ON THE SITE WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.
E. TRAFFIC - CONDUCT DEMOLITION OPERATIONS AND THE REMOVAL OF DEBRIS TO ENSURE MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH ROADS, STREETS, WALKS, AND OTHER ADJACENT OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES.
F. DO NOT CLOSE OR OBSTRUCT STREETS, WALKS OR OTHER OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES WITHOUT PERMISSION FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. PROVIDE ALTERNATE ROUTES AROUND CLOSED OR OBSTRUCTED TRAFFIC WAYS IF REQUIRED BY GOVERNING REGULATIONS.
G. PROTECTIONS1. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRICADES AND OTHER FORMS OF PROTECTION TO PROTECT
OWNER'S PERSONNEL AND GENERAL PUBLIC FROM INJURY DUE TO SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK.
2. ENSURE THE SAFE PASSAGE OF PERSONS AROUND THE AREA OF DEMOLITION. CONDUCT OPERATIONS TO PREVENT INJURY TO ADJACENT BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES, OTHER FACILITIES, AND PERSONS. ERECT TEMPORARY COVERED PASSAGEWAYS AS REQUIRED.
3. CONSTRUCT TEMPORARY INSULATED DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS WHERE REQUIRED TO SEPARATE AREAS WHERE NOISY OR EXTENSIVE DIRT OR DUST OPERATIONS ARE PERFORMED. EQUIP PARTITIONS WITH DUSTPROOF DOORS AND SECURITY LOCKS.
4. REMOVE PROTECTIONS AT COMPLETION OF WORK.
H. DAMAGES - PROMPTLY REPAIR DAMAGES TO BUILDING AND ADJACENT FACILITIES OR PROPERTY BY DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OPERATIONS AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. ALL REPAIRS TO THE BUILDING, BUILDING STRUCTURE, OR ADJACENT PROPERTY SHALL BE MADE FOLLOWING REVIEW AND WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER.
I. TRAFFIC - CONDUCT SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS AND DEBRIS REMOVAL TO ENSURE MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH ROADS, STREETS, WALKS, AND OTHER ADJACENT OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES. DO NOT CLOSE, BLOCK, OR OTHERWISE OBSTRUCT STREETS, WALKS, OR OTHER OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. PROVIDE ALTERNATE ROUTES AROUND CLOSED OR OBSTRUCTED TRAFFIC WAYS IF REQUIRED BY GOVERNING REGULATIONS.
J. UTILITY SERVICES - MAINTAIN EXISTING UTILITIES, INDICATED TO REMAIN, KEEP IN SERVICE, AND PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS.
2.1 DEMOLITION
A. POLLUTION CONTROLS - USE WATER SPRINKLING, TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES, AND OTHER SUITABLE METHODS TO LIMIT THE AMOUNT OF DUST AND DIRT RISING AND SCATTERING IN THE AIR TO THE LOWEST PRACTICAL LEVEL.1. COMPLY WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION.
2. DO NOT USE WATER WHEN IT MAY CREATE HAZARDOUS OR OBJECTIONABLE CONDITIONS SUCH AS ICE, FLOODING, AND POLLUTION.
3. CLEAN REMAINING AND ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS OF DUST, DIRT, AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY DEMOLITION OPERATIONS, AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT AND/OR GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. RETURN ADJACENT AREAS TO CONDITION EXISTING PRIOR TO THE START OF THE WORK.
4. PROCEED WITH DEMOLITION IN A SYSTEMATIC MANNER.
5. DEMOLISH CONCRETE AND MASONRY IN SMALL SECTIONS AND IN A MANNER SO AS NOT TODAMAGE CONCRETE STRUCTURE AND MASONRY WORK WHICH IS TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED.
6. LOCATE DEMOLITION EQUIPMENT THROUGHOUT THE STRUCTURE AND REMOVE MATERIALS SO AS TO NOT IMPOSE EXCESSIVE LOADS TO SUPPORTING WALLS, ROOFS, FLOORS OR STRUCTURE.
B. DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS1. GENERAL - REMOVE FROM THE SITE DEBRIS, RUBBISH, AND OTHER MATERIALS RESULTING
FROM DEMOLITION OPERATIONS.2. BURNING OF REMOVED MATERIALS FROM DEMOLISHED ITEMS IS NOT PERMITTED ON THE
SITE.3. REMOVAL - TRANSPORT MATERIALS REMOVED FROM DEMOLISHED STRUCTURES AND
DISPOSE OF OFF THE SITE IN COMPLETE COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL AND STATE LAWS, REGULATIONS, AND ORDINANCES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR LOCATING AN APPROVED DISPOSAL SITE.
SECTION 054000 - LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING1.1 MATERIALS
A. QUALITY ASSURANCE: COMPUTE STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES OF STUDS AND JOISTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC "SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD-FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS."
B. LIGHT GAUGE METAL FRAMING UNIT TYPE: 'C' SHAPED STEEL STUDS, 18-GAUGE MEETING ASTM C 955, FABRICATED FROM STRUCTURAL QUALITY STEEL SHEET WITH A MINIMUM YIELD POINT OF 40,000 PSI; ASTM A 446, A 570, OR A 611.1. PROVIDE WITH A GALVANIZED FINISH COMPLYING WITH ASTM A 525 FOR MINIMUM G 60
COATING.
C. SYSTEM COMPONENTS: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD STEEL RUNNERS/TRACKS, BLOCKING, LINTELS, CLIP ANGLES, SHOES, REINFORCEMENTS, FASTENERS, AND ACCESSORIES AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE APPLICATIONS INDICATED. PROVIDE A COMPLETE METAL FRAMING SYSTEM.1. STUD TRACK: 20-GAUGE MEETING ASTM C 645 AND ASTM A 568 FABRICATED FROM
STRUCTURAL QUALITY STEEL SHEET WITH A MINIMUM YIELD POINT OF 3,000 PSI. PROVIDE WITH A GALVANIZED FINISH COMPLYING WITH ASTM A 525.
D. AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: U.S. GYPSUM; DIETRICH INDUSTRIES, INC.; GOLD BOND.
IN FINISHED SURFACE OF FIREPROOFING. REMOVE MINOR PROJECTIONS AND FILL VOIDS THAT WOULD TELEGRAPH THROUGH FIRE-RESISTIVE PRODUCTS AFTER APPLICATION.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. COMPLY WITH FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTION FOR MIXING MATERIALS, APPLICATION PROCEDURES, AND TYPES OF EQUIPMENT USED TO MIX, CONVEY, AND APPLY FIREPROOFING; AS APPLICABLE TO PARTICULAR CONDITIONS OF INSTALLATION AND AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED.
B. COORDINATE APPLICATION OF FIREPROOFING WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION TO MINIMIZE NEED TO CUT OR REMOVE FIREPROOFING.1. DO NOT BEGIN APPLYING FIREPROOFING UNTIL CLIPS, HANGERS, SUPPORTS, SLEEVES, AND OTHER ITEMS PENETRATING FIREPROOFING ARE IN PLACE.
C. DEFER INSTALLING DUCTS, PIPING, AND OTHER ITEMS THAT WOULD INTERFERE WITH APPLYING FIREPROOFING UNTIL APPLICATION OF FIREPROOFING IS COMPLETED. INSTALL AUXILIARY MATERIALS AS REQUIRED, AND ACCORDING TO FIRE-RESISTANCE DESIGN AND FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CONDITIONS OF EXPOSURE AND INTENDED USE. FOR AUXILIARY MATERIALS, USE ATTACHMENT AND ANCHORAGE DEVICES OF TYPE RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER.
D. SPRAY APPLY FIREPROOFING TO MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE. FOLLOWING THE SPRAYING OPERATION IN EACH AREA, COMPLETE THE COVERAGE BY TROWEL APPLICAITON OR OTHER PLACEMENT METHOD REOCMMENDED IN WRITING BY FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER.
E. EXTEND FIREPROOFING IN FULL THICKNESS OVER ENTIRE AREA OF EACH SUBSTRATE TO BE PROTECTED.
F. INSTALL BODY OF FIREPROOFING IN A SINGLE COURSE UNLESS OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER.
G. PROVIDE A UNIFORM FINISH COMPLYING WITH DESCRIPTION INDICATED FOR EACH TYPE OF FIREPROOFING MATERIAL.
H. CURE FIREPROOFING ACCORDING TO FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS.
I. DO NOT INSTALL ENCLOSING OR CONCEALING CONSTRUCTION UNTIL AFTER FIREPROOFING HAS BEEN APPLIED, INSPECTED, AND TESTED AND CORRECTION HABE BEEN MADE TO DEFICIENT APPLICATIONS.
3.4 CLEANING, PROTECTING, AND REPAIRING
A. CLEANING: IMMEDIATELY AFTER COMPLETING SPRAYING OPERATIONS IN EACH CONTAINABLE AREA OF PROJECT, REMOVE MATERIAL OVERSPRAY AND FALLOUT FROM SURFACES OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION AND CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES TO REMOVE EVIDENCE OF SOILING.
B. PROTECT FIREPROOFING FROM DAMAGE RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS OR OTHER CAUSES, ACCORDING TO ADVICE OF MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLER, SUCH THAT FIREPROOFING WILL BE WITHOUT DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
C. AS INSTALLATION OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION PROCEEDS, INSPECT FIREPROOFING AND REPAIR DAMAGED AREAS AND FIREPROOFING REMOVED DUE TO WORK OF OTHER TRADES.
D. REPAIR FIREPROOFING DAMAGED BY OTHER WORK BEFORE CONCEALING IT WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION.
E. REPAIR FIREPROOFING BY REAPPLYING IT, USING SAME METHOD AS ORIGINAL INSTALLATION OR USING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED TROWEL-APPLIED PRODUCT.
SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS 1.1 ELASTOMERIC SEALANT COMPOUNDS A. ONE COMPONENT POLYURETHANE SEALANT
1. ASTM C 920, CLASS A, TYPE I (SELF‑LEVELING) EXCEPT TYPE II FOR JOINTS WHICH ARE NOT HORIZONTAL.
2. PROVIDE BITUMINOUS‑MODIFIED PRODUCT WHERE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.
B. MILDEW‑RESISTANT SILICONE SEALANT: 1 PART, ASTM C 920, CLASS A, RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR USE IN INTERIOR WET AREAS, ACID TYPE, EXCEPT NON‑ACID TYPE WHERE ONE OR BOTH JOINT SURFACES ARE POROUS.
1.2 CAULKING COMPOUNDS
A. PROVIDE ONE COMPONENT POLYURETHANE CAULKING ‑ ASTM C 920, CLASS A, TYPE I (SELF-LEVELING), EXCEPT TYPE II IF JOINTS ARE NOT HORIZONTAL.
1.3 JOINT FILLERS AND SEALANT BACKERS A. BITUMINOUS/FIBER JOINT FILLER: ASTM D 1751, TYPE I, AND AASHO M 213.
B. CLOSED‑CELL SEMI‑RIGID PLASTIC JOINT FILLER: NON‑STAINING, COMPRESSIBLE, LOW MODULUS OF ELASTICITY BUT RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR RETAINING POURED CONCRETE SLABS.
C. SEALANT BACKER ROD: NON‑ABSORPTIVE CLOSED‑CELL (OR JACKETED OPEN CELL) COMPRESSIBLE/FLEXIBLE PLASTIC/RUBBER ROD STOCK WHICH IS COMPATIBLE WITH SEALANT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION (POLYETHYLENE, BUTYL, NEOPRENE, POLYURETHANE, PVC).
D. OAKUM JOINT FILLER: HEMP OR JUTE, FREE OF OIL AND TAR.
E. BOND BREAKER TAPE: POLYETHYLENE OR OTHER PLASTIC TAPE WHICH WILL NOT BOND TO SEALANT, SELF‑ADHESIVE.
1.4 JOINT SURFACE PREPARATION: A. CLEAN JOINT SURFACES IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLATION OF SEALANT OR CAULKING
COMPOUND. REMOVE DIRT, INSECURE COATINGS, MOISTURE AND OTHER SUBSTANCES WHICH WOULD INTERFERE WITH BOND OF SEALANT OR CAULKING COMPOUND.
B. FOR ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS, DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION OF SEALANT OVER JOINT SURFACES WHICH HAVE BEEN PAINTED, LACQUERED, WATERPROOFED OR TREATED WITH WATER REPELLENT OR OTHER TREATMENT OR COATING UNLESS A LABORATORY TEST FOR DURABILITY (ADHESION), HAS SUCCESSFULLY DEMONSTRATED THAT SEALANT BOND IS NOT IMPAIRED BY COATING OR TREATMENT. IF LABORATORY TEST HAS NOT BEEN PERFORMED, OR SHOWS BOND INTERFERENCE, REMOVE COATING OR TREATMENT FROM JOINT SURFACES BEFORE INSTALLING SEALANT.
C. ETCH CONCRETE AND MASONRY JOINT SURFACES TO REMOVE EXCESS ALKALINITY, UNLESS SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS INDICATE THAT ALKALINITY DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH SEALANT BOND AND PERFORMANCE.
D. ROUGHEN JOINT SURFACES ON VITREOUS COATED AND SIMILAR NON‑POROUS MATERIALS, WHERE SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S DATA INDICATES LOWER BOND STRENGTH THAN FOR POROUS SURFACES. RUB WITH FINE ABRASIVE TO PRODUCE A DULL SHEEN.
1.7 INSTALLATION: A. COMPLY WITH SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS EXCEPT WHERE MORE
STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED AND EXCEPT WHERE MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE DIRECTS OTHERWISE.
I. TOE BASE: SEPARATE TOE BASE WILL BE A CONTINUOUS LADDER TYPE. CONSTRUCTED OF 3/4" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD. CABINET SIDE WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO DIRECTLY CONTACT THE FLOOR. EXPOSED SURFACE WILL BE UNFINISHED TO BE COVERED WITH RUBBER BASE. RUBBER BASE SHALL BE FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY OTHERS.
J. BACKS: SHALL BE 5/32" MINIMUM HARDBOARD, SURFACED W/ MAPLE VENEER. BACKS SHALL BE
TONGUED AND GROOVED INTO CABINET SIDES, GLUED & PINNED IN PLACE. BACKS SHALL BE LET INTO SIDES FOR TIGHT, SANITARY CORNERS. BACKS AND WALLS OF BASE AND TALL CABINETS SHALL BE PLYWOOD W/ NATURAL FINISHED MAPLE VENEER ON THE INSIDE.
K. APPLIED PANELS: SHALL BE 3/4" MIN THICK PLYWOOD CONSTRUCTION & MATCH DOOR FRONT
STYLE. NO REVEAL BETWEEN PANELS AND STOCK CABINET UNITS. L. SHELVES: MATERIALS SHALL BE 3/4" MIN THICK PLYWOOD W/ NATURAL FINISHED MAPLE VENEER
BOTH SIDES. LONG EDGES SHALL BE BANDED WITH MAPLE VENEER EDGEBANDING. SHELVES SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE ON PLUG CLIPS, AND SHALL BE ROUTED BENEATH FOR A POSITIVE STOP FEATURE.
M. FILLER PANELS: SHALL BE 3/4" MIN THICK SOLID WOOD CONSTRUCTION LIKE DOOR
CONSTRUCTION. N. MATERIALS: LUMBER SHALL BE PROPERLY AIR DRIED & SCIENTIFICALLY KILN-DRIED IN A
CONTROLLED PRE-DRYER & KILNS TO A MOISTURE CONTENT OF 6% TO 8%, THEN TEMPERED BEFORE FABRICATION.
O. PULLS: BERENSON HARDWARE; TEMPO COLLECTION; BRUSHED NICKEL FINISH. PLACE ALL PULLS
HORIZONTALLY, CENTERED ON DOOR OR DRAWER WIDTH. PROVIDE PULLS AT 8" LENGTH.
1.2 COUNTERTOP
A. COUNTERTOP MATERIALS1. WOOD PRODUCTS:
a.SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD: DOC PS 1.b.VENEER-FACED PANEL PRODUCTS (HARDWOOD PLYWOOD): HPVA HP-1, MADE WITH ADHESIVE CONTAINING NO UREA FORMALDEHYDE.
2. HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE: NEMA LD 3, GRADES AS INDICATED OR IF NOT INDICATED, AS REQUIRED BY WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARD.
3. EDGE TREATMENT: MATCH COUNTERTOP SURFCE.4. CORE THICKNESS: 3/4-INCH.
a.BUILD UP COUNTERTOP THICKNESS TO 1-1/2 INCHES AT FRONT, BACK, AND ENDS WITH ADDITIONAL LAYERS OF CORE MATERIAL LAMINATED TO TOP.
B. ACCESSORIES1. GROMMETS FOR CABLE PASSAGE THROUGH COUNTERTOPS: 2-INCH OD, BLACK
MOLDED-PLASTIC GROMMETS AND MATCH PLASTIC CAPS WITH SLOT FOR WIRE PASSAGE.
SECTION 072100 - INSULATION1.1 BATT INSULATION
A. SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION: UNFACED, GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION, ASTM C 655, TYPE 1, MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD OF 25 AND SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 50 PER ASTM E84.
1.2 ACCESSORIES
A. TAPE: POLYETHYLENE SELF-ADHERING TAPE.B. ADHESIVE: TYPE RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION.C. FASTENERS: IMPALE CLIP OF GALVANIZED STEEL.
1.4 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATE, ADJACENT MATERIALS, AND INSULATION BOARDS ARE DRY AND READY TO RECEIVE INSULATION.
1.4 INSTALLATION – BATT INSULATION
A. INSTALL INSULATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSULATION MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.B. FIT INSULATION TIGHT IN SPACES. LEAVE NO GAPS OR VOIDS.C. INSTALL FRICTION FIT INSULATION TIGHT TO FRAMING MEMBERS, COMPLETELY FILLING PREPARED
SPACES.
SECTION 078100 - APPLIED FIREPROOFINGPART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. FIRE-RESISTANCE DESIGN: TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 119 OR UL 263.
PART 2 - MATERIAL
2.1 SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS
A. INTERMEDIATE DURABILITY SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIAL FOR INTERIOR LOCATIONS EXPOSED TO VIEW: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, FACTORY-MIXED, LIGHTWEIGHT, DRY FORMULATION, COMPLYING WITH INDICATED FIRE-RESISTANCE DESIGN, CONTAINING NO ASBESTOS, AND MIXED WITH WATER AT PROJECT SITE TO FORM A SLURRY OR MORTAR BEFORE CONVEYANCE AND APPLICATION.1. FUNGAL RESISTANCE: TREAT PRODUCTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ANTIMICROBIAL
FORMULATION TO A RESULT IN NO GROWTH ON SPECIMENTS PER ASTM G 21.2. FINISH: ROLLED, SPRAY-TEXTURE FINISH: EVEN FINISH PRODUCED BY ROLLING
SPRAY-APPLIED FINISH WITH A DAMP PAINT ROLLER TO REMOVE DRIPPINGS AND EXCESSIVE ROUGHNESS.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. VERIFY COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING:1. SUBSTRATES ARE FREE OF DIRT, OIL, GREASE, RELEASE AGENTS, ROLLING COMPOUNDS,
MILL SCALE, LOOSE SCALE, INCOMPATIBLE PRIMERS, PAINTS, AND ENCAPSULATNS, OR OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES CAPABLE OF IMPAIRING BOND OF FIREPROOFING WITH SUBSTRATES UNDER CONDITIONS OF NORMAL USE OR FIRE EXPOSURE.
2. OBJECTS PENETRATING FIREPROOFING, INCLUDING CLIPS, HANGERS, SUPPORT SLEVES, AND SIMILAR ITEMS, ARE SECURELY ATTACHED TO SUBSTRATES.
3. SUBSTRATES RECEIVING FIREPROOFING ARE NOT OBSTRUCTED BY DUCTS, PIPING, EQUIPMENT, OR OTHER SUSPENDED CONSTRUCTION THAT WILL INTERFERE WITH FIREPROOFING APPLICATION.
B. CONDUCT TESTS ACCORDING TO FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATION TO VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATES ARE FREE OF SUBSTANCES CAPABLE OF INTERFERING WITH BOND.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. COVER WORK SUBJECT TO DAMAGE FROM FALLOUT OR OVERSPRAY OF FIREPROOFING MATERIALS DURING APPLICATION.
B. CLEAN SUBSTRATES OF SUBSTANCES THAT COULD IMPAIR BOND OF FIREPROOFING.
C. PRIME SUBSTRATES WHERE RECOMMENDED BY FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER.
D. FOR APPLICATIONS VISIBLE ON COMPLETION OF PROJECT, REPAIR SUBSTRATES TO REMOVE SUFRACE INPERFECTIONS THAT COULD AFFECT THE UNIFORMITY OF TEXTURE AND THICKNESS
01/21/19
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
SPG
01/21/19
1718-5
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
DJJ
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
BLAC
KSBU
RG, V
IRGI
NIA
GEOG
RAPH
Y DE
PART
MENT
WAL
LACE
HAL
L UPF
IT F
OR T
HE
A9.02
SPECIFICATIONS
03/1/191 ADDENDUM 1
B. SEALANT INSTALLATION STANDARD: COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF ASTM C 1193 FOR USE OF JOINT SEALANTS AS APPLICABLE TO MATERIALS, APPLICATIONS, AND CONDITIONS INDICATED.
C. PRIME OR SEAL JOINT SURFACES WHERE SHOWN OR RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER. DO NOT ALLOW PRIMER/SEALER TO SPILL OR MIGRATE ONTO ADJOINING SURFACES.
D. INSTALL SEALANT BACKER ROD FOR LIQUID SEALANTS, EXCEPT WHERE SHOWN TO BE OMITTED OR RECOMMENDED TO BE OMITTED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER FOR THE APPLICATION SHOWN.
E. INSTALL BOND BREAKER TAPE WHERE SHOWN AND WHERE REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS TO ENSURE THAT ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS WILL PERFORM PROPERLY.
F. EMPLOY ONLY PROVEN INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES, WHICH WILL ENSURE THAT SEALANTS WILL BE EPOSITED IN UNIFORM, CONTINUOUS RIBBONS WITHOUT GAPS OR AIR POCKETS, WITH COMPLETE "WETTING" OF JOINT BOND SURFACES EQUALLY ON OPPOSITE SIDES. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FILL SEALANT RABBET TO A SLIGHTLY CONCAVE SURFACE, SLIGHTLY BELOW ADJOINING SURFACES. WHERE HORIZONTAL JOINTS ARE BETWEEN A HORIZONTAL SURFACE AND A VERTICAL SURFACE, FILL JOINT TO FORM A SLIGHT COVE, SO THAT JOINT WILL NOT TRAP MOISTURE AND DIRT.
G. INSTALL SEALANTS TO DEPTHS AS SHOWN OR, IF NOT SHOWN, AS RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER BUT WITHIN THE FOLLOWING GENERAL LIMITATIONS, MEASURED AT CENTER (THIN) SECTION OF BEAD. 1. FOR SIDEWALKS, PAVEMENTS AND SIMILAR JOINTS SEALED WITH ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS
AND SUBJECT TO TRAFFIC AND OTHER ABRASION AND INDENTATION EXPOSURES, FILL JOINTS TO A DEPTH EQUAL TO 75% OF JOINT WIDTH, AND NEITHER MORE THAN 5/8" DEEP NOR LESS THAN 3/8" DEEP.
2. FOR NORMAL MOVING JOINTS SEALED WITH ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS, BUT NOT SUBJECT TO TRAFFIC, FILL JOINTS TO A DEPTH EQUAL TO 50% OF JOINT WIDTH, BUT NEITHER MORE THAN 1/2" DEEP NOR LESS THAN 1/4" DEEP.
3. FOR JOINTS SEALED WITH NON‑ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS AND CAULKING COMPOUNDS, FILL JOINTS TO A DEPTH IN THE RANGE OF 75% TO 125% OF JOINT WIDTH.
H. SPILLAGE: DO NOT ALLOW SEALANTS OR COMPOUNDS TO OVERFLOW OR SPILL ONTO ADJOINING SURFACES, OR TO MIGRATE INTO VOIDS OF ADJOINING SURFACES INCLUDING EXPOSED AGGREGATE PANELS AND SIMILAR ROUGH TEXTURES. USE MASKING TAPE OR OTHER PRECAUTIONARY DEVICES TO PREVENT STAINING OF ADJOINING SURFACES, BY EITHER PRIMER/SEALER OR THE SEALANT/CAULKING COMPOUND.
I. REMOVE EXCESS AND SPILLAGE OF COMPOUNDS PROMPTLY AS THE WORK PROGRESSES. CLEAN ADJOINING SURFACES BY WHATEVER MEANS MAY BE NECESSARY TO ELIMINATE EVIDENCE OF SPILLAGE, WITHOUT DAMAGE TO ADJOINING SURFACES OR FINISHES.
1.8 CURE AND PROTECTION: A. CURE SEALANTS AND CAULKING COMPOUNDS IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S
INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS, TO OBTAIN HIGH EARLY BOND STRENGTH, INTERNAL COHESIVE STRENGTH AND SURFACE DURABILITY. DO NOT CURE IN A MANNER WHICH WOULD SIGNIFICANTLY ALTER MATERIAL'S MODULUS OF ELASTICITY OR OTHER CHARACTERISTICS.
B. INSTALLER SHALL ADVISE CONTRACTOR OF PROCEDURES REQUIRED FOR CURING AND PROTECTION OF SEALANTS AND CAULKING COMPOUNDS DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, SO THAT THEY WILL BE WITHOUT DETERIORATION OR DAMAGE AT TIME OF OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE.
1.9 TESTS FOR PERFORMANCE: A. AFTER NOMINAL CURE OF EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS WHICH ARE EXPOSED TO WEATHER, TEST
FOR WATER LEAKS. FLOOD JOINT EXPOSURE WITH WATER DIRECTED FROM A 3/4" GARDEN HOSE HELD PERPENDICULAR TO WALL FACE, 2'‑0" FROM JOINT, CONNECTED TO A WATER SYSTEM WITH 30 PSI MINIMUM STATIC WATER PRESSURE AT THE NOZZLE. MOVE STREAM OF WATER ALONG JOINT AT AN APPROXIMATE RATE OF 20 FT. PER MIN.
B. REPAIR SEALANT INSTALLATION AT LEAKS OR, IF LEAKAGE IS EXCESSIVE, REPLACE SEALANT
INSTALLATION AS DIRECTED.
SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE1.1 GENERAL
A. PROVIDE COMPLETE DOOR HARDWARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ADA, ANSI A117.1 AND DHI. FINAL SCOPE OF DOOR HARDWARE TO BE COORDINATED BY CONTRACTOR WITH THE OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER.
B. KEYING SCHEDULE TO BE COORDINATED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITH THE OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER.
C. PROVIDE CYLINDERS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE CURRENT MASTER KEYING SYSTEM.
D. INSTALLATION TEMPLATES: DISTRIBUTE FOR DOORS, FRAME AND OTHER WORK SPECIFIED TO BE FACTORY PREPARED. CHECK SHOP DRAWINGS OF OTHER WORK TO CONFIRM THAT ADEQUATE PROVISIONS ARE MADE FOR LOCATING AND INSTALLING HARDWARE.
E. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE AND DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR LOCATIONS, MANUFACTURER, FINISH, AND FUNCTION OF DOOR HARDWARE.
HARDWARE SET 1 - DOORS 203, 204, 205, AND 2061 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) ENTRANCE LOCKSET 93K7AB15DS3 626 BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS1 (EA) WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE
HARDWARE SET 2 - DOOR 1011 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) STOREROOM LOCK 9K37 D15S3 626 BEST1 (EA) FLOOR STOP FS13 626 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE1 (EA) CLOSER 4040T 630 LCN
HARDWARE SET 3 - DOORS 210 AND 2111 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) ENTRANCE LOCKSET 93K7AB15DS3 626 BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS1 (EA) WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE1 (EA) CLOSER 4040T 630 LCN
HARDWARE SET 4 - DOORS 202 AND 2071 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) ENTRANCE LOCKSET 93K7AB15DS3 626 BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS1 (EA) FLOOR STOP FS13 626 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE1 (EA) CLOSER 4040T 630 LCN
HARDWARE SET 5 - DOOR 2121 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) STOREROOM LOCK 9K37 D15S3 626 BEST1 (EA) FLOOR STOP FS13 626 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE
HARDWARE SET 6 - DOOR 2011 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) STOREROOM LOCK 9K37 D15S3 626 BEST1 (EA) WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE1 (EA) CLOSER 4040T 630 LCN
HARDWARE SET 7 - DOOR 2131 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) ENTRANCE LOCKSET 93K7AB15DS3 626 BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS1 (EA) FLOOR STOP FS13 626 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE
HARDWARE SET 8 - DOOR 214 AND 2151 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) PASSAGE LATCHSET 93K7AB15DS3 626 BEST ACCESS SYSTEMS1 (EA) FLOOR STOP FS13 626 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE
HARDWARE SET 9 - DOOR 2081 1/2 (PR) HINGES FBB 179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 626 STANLEY COMMERCIAL1 (EA) STOREROOM LOCK 9K37 D15S3 626 BEST1 (EA) WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVES HARDWARE3 (EA) SILENCER SR64 GRY IVES HARDWARE
SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD1.1 MATERIALS
A. AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: GEORGIA PACIFIC GYPSUM, LLC; UNITED STATES GYPSUM COMPANY (USG); NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY.
B. REGULAR GYPSUM BOARD: 5/8 INCH THICK, MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LENGTH; ENDS SQUARE CUT, TAPERED EDGES; UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 36.
1.2 ACCESSORIES
A. CORNER BEADS: GALVANIZED STEEL; WITH METAL FLANGES.
B. CONTROL JOINT: GALVANIZED STEEL; ONE-PIECE FORMED WITH V-SHAPED SLOT WITH REMOVABLE STRIP COVERING SLOT OPENING.
C. JOINT MATERIALS: GA 201 AND GA 216, REINFORCING TAPE, JOINT COMPOUND, ADHESIVE, AND WATER. SINGLE COMPOUND TREATMENT SYSTEM AS RECOMMENDED BY DRYWALL MANUFACTURER.
D. FASTENERS: ASTM C1002 TYPE S12 HARDENED SCREWS, GA 216.
E. ADHESIVE: ASTM C557, GA 216.
F. REVEAL TRIM: FRY REGLET NON-VENTED 'F'-REVEAL; EXTRUDED ALUMINUM ALLOY 6063 T5 IN FINISH COLOR AS SELECTED BY INTERIOR DESIGNER. LOCATE BELOW WINDOW SILL PER DRAWINGS.
1.3 INSTALLATION
A. INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD IN ACCORDANCE WITH GA 201, GA 216 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
B. FASTEN GYPSUM BOARD TO FRAMING WITH SCREWS.
C. INSTALL WALL BOARDS IN LENGTHS AND DIRECTIONS WHICH WILL MINIMIZE END JOINTS.
D. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT EDGES, INTERRUPTIONS, AND OPENING THROUGH DRYWALL WORK, CONCEALED BEHIND EDGE OF BOARD.
E. TRIM DRYWALL AT EXTERNAL CORNERS WITH CORNER BEADS. SECURELY FASTEN BEADS TO SUBSTRATES. CRIMPING OF BEAD FLANGES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.
F. PROVIDE CASING BEAD AT EXPOSED EDGES OF WALLBOARD, AND WHEREVER DRYWALL ABUTS FLUSH WITH OTHER WALL OR CEILING FINISH.
G. PLACE CONTROL JOINTS CONSISTENT WITH LINES OF BUILDING SPACES AND AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.
H. ALL JOINT COMPOUND SHALL BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF TOOL MARKS AND RIDGES.
I. GYPSUM BOARD FINISH LEVEL:1. LEVEL 5: ALL JOINTS AND INTERIOR ANGLES SHALL HAVE TAPE EMBEDDED IN JOINT
COMPOUND AND THREE SEPARATE COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND APPLIED OVER ALL JOINTS, ANGLES, FASTENER HEADS AND ACCESSORIES. A THIN SKIM COAT OF JOINT COMPOUND OR A MATERIAL MANUFACTURED SPECIFICALLY FOR THIS PURPOSE, SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE ENTIRE SURFACE. THE SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF TOOL MARKS AND RIDGES.
J. PROTECT ADJACENT SURFACES FROM DRYWALL COMPOUND AND TEXTURE FINISHES AND PROMPTLY REMOVE FROM FLOORS AND OTHER NON-DRYWALL SURFACES. REPAIR SURFACES STAINED, MARRED, OR OTHERWISE DAMAGED DURING DRYWALL APPLICATION.
K. REMOVE AND REPLACE PANELS THAT ARE WET, MOISTURE DAMAGED, AND MOLD DAMAGED.
SECTION 095113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
1.1 MATERIALS
A. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS, GENERAL1. ACOUSTICAL PANEL STANDARD: COMPLY WITH ASTM E 1264.2. METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM HEAVY DUTY: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 635.3. ATTACHMENT DEVICES: SIZE FOR FIVE TIMES THE DESIGN LOAD INDICATED IN ASTM C 635,
TABLE 1, “DIRECT HUNG,” UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. COMPLY WITH SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS.a. ANCHORS IN CONCRETE: EXPANSION ANCHORS FABRICATED FROM CORROSION-
RESISTANT MATERIALS, WITH HOLES OR LOOPS FOR ATTACHING HANGERS OF TYPE INDICATED AND WITH CAPABILITY TO SUSTAIN, WITHOUT FAILURE, A LOAD EQUAL TO FIVE TIMES THAT IMPOSED BY CEILING CONSTRUCTION, AS DETERMINED BY TESTING PER ASTM E 488 OR ASTM E 1512 AS APPLICABLE, CONDUCTED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY.
b. POWER-ACTUATED FASTENERS IN CONCRETE: FASTENER SYSTEM OF TYPE SUITABLE FOR APPLICATION INDICATED, FABRICATED FROM CORROSION-RESISTANT MATERIALS, WITH CLIPS OR OTHER ACCESSORY DEVICES FOR ATTACHING HANGERS OF TYPE INDICATED, AND WITH CAPABILITY TO SUSTAIN, WITHOUT FAILURE, A LOAD EQUAL TO 10 TIMES THAT IMPOSED BY CEILING CONSTRUCTION, AS DETERMINED BY TESTING PER ASTM E 1190, CONDUCTED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY.
4. WIRE HANGERS, BRACES, AND TIES: ZINC-COATED CARBON-STEEL WIRE; ASTM A 641/A 641M, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER.a. SIZE: SELECT WIRE DIAMETER SO ITS STRESS AT 3 TIMES HANGER DESIGN LOAD
(ASTM C 635, TABLE 1, "DIRECT HUNG") WILL BE LESS THAN YIELD STRESS OF WIRE, BUT PROVIDE NOT LESS THAN 0.106-INCH-DIAMETER WIRE.
5. SEISMIC PERIMETER STABILIZER BARS, SEISMIC STRUTS, AND SEISMIC CLIPS: CATEGORY “B”.6. METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM: TYPE AND PROFILE INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED,
MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MOLDINGS FOR EDGES AND PENETRATIONS THAT COMPLY WITH SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS; FORMED FROM SHEET METAL OF SAME MATERIAL, FINISH, AND COLOR AS THAT USED FOR EXPOSED FLANGES OF SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS.
B. ACOUSTICAL PANELS FOR ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING 1. AVAILABLE PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PRODUCTS THAT
MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: a. ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.; 2’ X 2’ X 5/8” PANELS.b. CELOTEX; 2’ X 2’ X 5/8” PANELS.c. USG INTERIORS,INC.; 2’ X 2’ X 5/8” PANELS.
2. CLASSIFICATION: PROVIDE PANELS COMPLYING WITH ASTM E 1264 FOR TYPE AND FORM AS FOLLOWS: TYPE III, MINERAL FIBER, FORM 1.
3. COLOR: WHITE.4. LR: NOT LESS THAN .825. NRC: NOT LESS THAN .556. FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION: A7. EDGE/JOINT DETAIL: BEVELED TEGULAR8. THICKNESS: 5/8 INCH 9. MODULAR SIZE: 24 BY 24 INCHES10. SURFACE FINISH: FACTORY APPLIED PAINT
C. METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING1. AVAILABLE PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PRODUCTS THAT
MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING:a. ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.; PRELUDE XL 15/16", HEAVY DUTY.b. ROCKFON; CHICAGO METALLIC 200 SNAP GRID 15/16", HEAVY DUTY.c. USG INTERIORS, INC.; DX 15/16" GRID SYSTEM, HEAVY DUTY.
2.1 INSTALLATION
A. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 636 AND SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS INDICATED, PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND CISCA'S "CEILING SYSTEMS HANDBOOK."
B. MEASURE EACH CEILING AREA AND ESTABLISH LAYOUT OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS TO BALANCE BORDER WIDTHS AT OPPOSITE EDGES OF EACH CEILING. AVOID USING LESS-THAN-HALF-WIDTH PANELS AT BORDERS.
C. SUSPEND CEILING HANGERS FROM BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, PLUMB AND FREE FROM CONTACT WITH INSULATION OR OTHER OBJECTS WITHIN CEILING PLENUM.
D. INSTALL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM OF TYPE INDICATED AT PERIMETER OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING AREA AND WHERE NECESSARY TO CONCEAL EDGES OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS. SCREW ATTACH MOLDINGS TO SUBSTRATE AT INTERVALS NOT MORE THAN 16 INCHES (400 MM) O.C. AND NOT MORE THAN 3 INCHES (75 MM) FROM ENDS, LEVELING WITH CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/8 INCH IN 12 FEET (3.2 MM IN 3.6 M). MITER CORNERS ACCURATELY AND CONNECT
SECURELY.
E. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS SO THEY ARE SQUARE AND SECURELY INTERLOCKED WITH ONE ANOTHER. REMOVE AND REPLACE DENTED, BENT, OR KINKED MEMBERS.
F. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANELS WITH UNDAMAGED EDGES AND FIT ACCURATELY AND FLUSH INTO SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS AND EDGE MOLDINGS. SCRIBE AND CUT PANELS AT BORDERS AND PENETRATIONS TO PROVIDE A NEAT, PRECISE FIT.
K. REMOVE AND REPLACE PANELS THAT ARE WET, MOISTURE DAMAGED, AND MOLD DAMAGED.
SECTION 096513 - RESILIENT WALL BASEPART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS - PROVIDE PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BASIS OF DESIGN MANUFACTURER: JOHNSONITE.
A. THERMOSET-RUBBER BASE1. STYLE: B, COVE2. THICKNESS: 0.125 INCH3. HEIGHT: 4 INCHES.4. LENGTHS: COILS IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD LENGTH. (4'-0" PIECES NOT ALLOWED.)5. OUTSIDE CORNERS: JOB FORMED.6. INSIDE CORNERS: JOB FORMED.7. COLORS: AS SELECTED BY OWNER.
2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A. ADHESIVES: WATER-RESISTANT TYPE RECOMMENDED BY RESILIENT-PRODUCT MANUFACTURER FOR RESILIENT PRODUCTS AND SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS INDICATED. PROVIDE LOW OR NO-VOC ADHESIVE.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. PREPARE SUBSTRATES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO ENSURE ADHESION OF RESILIENT PRODUCTS.
B. DO NOT INSTALL RESILIENT PRODUCTS UNTIL THEY ARE THE SAME TEMPERATURE AS THE SPACE WHERE THEY ARE TO BE INSTALLED.
C. IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLATION, SWEEP AND VACUUM CLEAN SUBSTRATES TO BE COVERED BY RESILIENT PRODUCTS.
3.2 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION
A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING RESILIENT BASE.
B. VERIFY THAT WALL SURFACES ARE SMOOTH AND FLAT WITHIN TOLERANCES PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. WALLS SHALL BE DUST-FREE AND READY TO RECEIVE RESILIENT BASE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
C. APPLY RESILIENT BASE TO WALLS, COLUMNS, PILASTERS, CASEWORK AND CABINETS IN TOE SPACES, AND OTHER PERMANENT FIXTURES IN ROOMS AND AREAS WHERE BASE IS REQUIRED.
D. INSTALL RESILIENT BASE IN LENGTHS AS LONG AS PRACTICAL WITHOUT GAPS AT SEAMS AND WITH TOPS OF ADJACENT PIECES ALIGNED.
E. TIGHTLY ADHERE RESILIENT BASE TO SUBSTRATE THROUGHOUT LENGTH OF EACH PIECE, WITH BASE IN CONTINUOUS CONTACT WITH HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SUBSTRATES.
F. DO NOT STRETCH RESILIENT BASE DURING INSTALLATION.
G. ON IRREGULAR SUBSTRATES, FILL VOIDS ALONG TOP EDGE OF RESILIENT BASE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE FILLER MATERIAL.
H. JOB-FORMED CORNERS:1. OUTSIDE CORNERS: USE STRAIGHT PIECES OF MAXIMUM LENGTHS POSSIBLE AND FORM
WITH RETURNS NOT LESS THAN 12 INCHES IN LENGTH.a. FORM WITHOUT PRODUCING DISCOLORATION (WHITENING) AT BENDS.
2. INSIDE CORNERS: USE STRAIGHT PIECES OF MAXIMUM LENGTHS POSSIBLE AND FORM WITH RETURNS NOT LESS THAN 12 INCHES IN LENGTH.
3. FIT JOINTS TIGHTLY. MAINATIN A MINIMUM LENGTH OF 24-INCHES BETWEEN JOINTS.
3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING AND PROTECTING RESILIENT PRODUCTS.
B. REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE FROM FLOOR, BASE ,AND WALL SURFACES. REPAIR OR REPLACE ALL MATERAIL DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION. CLEAN ALL RESIDUE AND MARKINGS OFF OF RESILIENT BASE AND SURROUNDING MATERIALS.
SECTION 096813 - CARPET TILE1.1 GENERAL
A. COMPLY WITH CRI 104, SECTION 5, "STORAGE AND HANDLING."
B. COMPLY WITH CRI 104, SECTION 7.2, "SITE CONDITIONS: TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY" AND SECTION 712, "VENTILATION."
2.1 MATERIAL
A. CARPET1. MANUFACTURER: INTERFACE #127410 AKOO OR EQUAL SERIES APPROVED BY OWNER.2. COLOR: AS SELECTED BY OWNER.3. ACCESSORIES: EDGE AND TRANSITION STRIPS AND MOLDINGS IN SOLID VINYL OF COLOR
COMPATIBLE WITH FLOORING.4. ADHESIVE: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD LOW OR NO-VOC ADHESIVE.5. FLOOR LEVELING COMPOUND: WHITE PREMIX LATEX TYPE FLOOR LEVELING COMPOUND AS
SECTION 099000 - PAINTING1.1 MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURER: BENJAMIN MOORE.
B. COATINGS: READY MIXED EXCEPT FIELD CATALYZED COATINGS OF GOOD FLOW AND BRUSHING PROPERTIES, CAPABLE OF DRYING OR CURING FREE OF STREAKS OR SAGS.1. DURABILITY: PROVIDE PAINTS OF DURABLE AND WASHABLE QUALITY. DO NOT USE PAINT
MATERIALS WHICH WILL NOT WITHSTAND NORMAL WASHING AS REQUIRED TO REMOVE PENCIL MARKS, INK, ORDINARY SOILS, AND SIMILAR MATERIAL WITHOUT SHOWING DISCOLORATION, LOSS OF GLOSS, STAINING, OR OTHER DAMAGE.
2. PROVIDE ZERO VOC COATINGS.
C. ACCESSORY MATERIALS: THIS WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL REQUIRED LADDERS, SCAFFOLDING, DROP CLOTHS, MASKING, SCRAPERS, TOOLS, DUSTERS, CLEANING SOLVENTS, AND WASTE AS REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK. LIMITED TO ZERO VOC THINNERS ONLY. USE EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR PAINT APPLICATION.
1.2 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORK. CAREFULLY INSPECT THE INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE FOR PROPER COMMENCEMENT OF PAINT COATING INSTALLATION. IF DISCREPANCY EXISTS, RESOLVE DISCREPANCY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF COATING.
B. MEASURE MOISTURE CONTENT OF POROUS SURFACES USING AN ELECTRONIC MOISTURE METER. DO NOT APPLY FINISHES UNLESS MOISTURE CONTENT IS LESS THAN 12 PERCENT.
C. CORRECT MINOR DEFECTS AND CLEAN SURFACES WHICH AFFECT WORK OF THIS SECTION.
D. REMOVE ELECTRICAL PLATES, HARDWARE, LIGHT FIXTURE TRIM, ESCUTCHEONS, AND FITTINGS PRIOR TO PREPARING SURFACES OR FINISHING. REINSTALL REMOVED ITEMS AFTER INSTALLATION OF COATING.
E. GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES: FILL MINOR DEFECTS WITH LATEX COMPOUNDS. SPOT PRIME DEFECTS AFTER REPAIR. LEVEL OF GYPSUM BOARD FINISH SHALL BE APPROVED BEFORE PAINTING BEGINS.
F. SHOP PRIMED STEEL SURFACES: SAND AND SCRAPE TO REMOVE LOOSE PRIMER AND RUST, CLEAN, CLEAN SURFACES WITH SOLVENT. PRIME BARE STEEL SURFACES.
1.3 APPLICATION
A. APPLY PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
1.4 CLEANING
A. AS WORK PROCEEDS, PROMPTLY REMOVE FINISHES WHERE SPILLED, SPLASHED, OR SPATTERED.
1.5 SCHEDULE - INTERIOR SURFACES
A. STEEL- UNPRIMED:1. ONE COAT OF ALKYD PRIMER.2. TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL, SEMI-GLOSS.
B. STEEL- PRIMED:1. TOUCH-UP WITH ORIGINAL PRIMER.2. TWO COATS OF LATEX ENAMEL, SEMI-GLOSS.
C. GYPSUM BOARD:1. ONE COAT OF ZERO VOC LATEX PRIMER.2. TWO COATS OF ZERO VOC LATEX PAINT, EGGSHELL.
D. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMU):1. ONE COAT OF LATEX BLOCK FILLER ON UNPAINTED CMU OR
ONE COAT OF ZERO VOC LATEX PRIMER ON PREVIOUSLY PAINTED CMU.2. TWO COATS OF ZERO VOC LATEX PAINT, EGGSHELL.
1.5 COLORS - AS SELECTED BY OWNER FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. MATCH EXISTING COLOR WHERE NOTED.
SECTION 123600 – EPOXY RESIN WORK SURFACE1.1 WORK SURFACE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. TEST PROCEDURE: APPLY FIVE DROPS OF EACH REAGENT TO SURFACE AND COVER WITH 25MM WATCH GLASS, CONVEX SIDE DOWN; TEST VOLATILES USING ONE-OUNCE BOTTLE STUFFED WITH SATURATED COTTON. AFTER 24-HOUR EXPOSURE FLUSH SURFACE, CLEAN, RINSE AND WIPE DRY.
B. EVALUATION RATINGS: CHANGE IN SURFACE FINISH AND FUNCTION SHALL BE DESCRIBED BY THE FOLLOWING RATINGS: 1. NO EFFECT: NO DETECTABLE CHANGE IN SURFACE MATERIAL.2. EXCELLENT: SLIGHT DETECTABLE CHANGE IN COLOR OR GLOSS, BUT NO CHANGE TO
THE FUNCTION OR LIFE OF THE WORK SURFACE MATERIAL.3. GOOD: CLEARLY DISCERNIBLE CHANGE IN COLOR OR GLOSS, BUT NO SIGNIFICANT
IMPAIRMENT OF WORK SURFACE FUNCTION OR LIFE.4. FAIR: OBJECTIONABLE CHANGE IN APPEARANCE DUE TO SURFACE DISCOLORATION OR
ETCH, POSSIBLY RESULTING IN DETERIORATION OF FUNCTION OVER AN EXTENDED PERIOD.
5. POOR: PITTING, CRATERING OR PERMANENTLY ETCHING OF WORK SURFACE MATERIAL; OBVIOUS AND SIGNIFICANT DETERIORATION.
C. TEST RESULTS - EPOXY RESIN WORK SURFACE (BLACK):
CHEMICAL – ACIDS RATING 1. HYDROCHLORIC ACID 20% NO EFFECT 2. HYDROCHLORIC ACID 37% NO EFFECT 3. NITRIC ACID 20% EXCELLENT 4. NITRIC ACID 70% GOOD 5. SULFURIC ACID 25% POOR 6. SULFURIC ACID 85% POOR 7. SULFURIC ACID 96% POOR 8. PHOSPHORIC ACID 85% NO EFFECT 9. PERCHLORIC ACID 60% NO EFFECT 10. AQUA REGIA -- NO EFFECT
RECOMMENDED BY THE CARPET MANUFACTURER.6. PROVIDE 10% EXCESS CARPET AND INSTALLATION MATERIALS TO THE OWNER.
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. DO NOT INSTALL CARPET UNTIL SUBSTRATE IS DRY. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS FOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONDITIONS.
B. VERIFY THAT SUBFLOOR SURFACES ARE SMOOTH AND FLAT WITHIN THE TOLERANCES SPECIFIED IN ASTM F 710 FOR TYPE OF WORK, AND ARE READY TO RECEIVE CARPET. LEVEL FLOOR WITH FLOOR LEVELING COMPOUND AS REQUIRED.
C. INSTALL IN ASHLAR PATTERN. SUBMIT SEAMING DIAGRAM FOR REVIEW.
01/21/19
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
SPG
01/21/19
1718-5
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
DJJ
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
BLAC
KSBU
RG, V
IRGI
NIA
GEOG
RAPH
Y DE
PART
MENT
WAL
LACE
HAL
L UPF
IT F
OR T
HE
A9.03
SPECIFICATIONS
03/1/191 ADDENDUM 1
11. CHROMIC ACID 60% GOOD12. ACETIC ACID 98% NO EFFECT13. FORMIC ACID 90% NO EFFECT14. BORIC ACID SAT. NO EFFECT15. CITRIC ACID SAT. NO EFFECT16. OXALIC ACID SAT. NO EFFECT17. HYDROBROMIC ACID 48% NO EFFECT18. HYDROFLOURIC ACID % GOOD19. VINEGAR -- NO EFFECT
CHEMICAL - BASES 20. AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE 28% NO EFFECT 21. SODIUM HYDROXIDE 10% NO EFFECT 22. SODIUM HYDROXIDE 40% NO EFFECT 23. SODIUM HYDROXIDE FLAKE NO EFFECT 24. POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE 10% NO EFFECT
CHEMICAL - SALTS 25. ZINC CHLORIDE SAT. NO EFFECT 26. CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE SAT. NO EFFECT 27. CLOROX BLEACH -- NO EFFECT 28. SILVER NITRATE 10% NO EFFECT 29. SODIUM SULFIDE SAT. NO EFFECT 30. SODIUM CHLORIDE SAT. NO EFFECT 31. IODINE, TINCTURE -- NO EFFECT 32. HYDROGEN PEROXIDE -- NO EFFECT 33. PHENOL 80% NO EFFECT 34. CRESOL -- NO EFFECT 35. FORMALDEHYDE 40% NO EFFECT 36. MINERAL OIL 100% NO EFFECT 37. GLYCERIN 100% NO EFFECT
CHEMICAL - SOLVENTS 38. METHYL ALCOHOL 100% NO EFFECT 39. ETHYL ALCOHOL 100% NO EFFECT 40. BUTY ALCOHOL 100% NO EFFECT 41. NAPHTHA 100 NO EFFECT 42. TURPENTINE 100% NO EFFECT 43. KEROSINE 100% NO EFFECT 44. HEPTANE 100% NO EFFECT 45. GASOLINE 100% NO EFFECT 46. BENZENE 100% NO EFFECT 47. TOLUENE 100% NO EFFECT 48. XYLENE 100% NO EFFECT 49. ACETONE 100% NO EFFECT 50. METHYL ETHYL KETONE 100% NO EFFECT 51. METHYL ISOBUTYL KETONE 100% NO EFFECT 52. ETHYL ACETATE 100% NO EFFECT 53. ETHYL ETHER 100% NO EFFECT 54. CHLOROFORM 100% NO EFFECT 55. METHYL CHLORIDE 100% NO EFFECT 56. TRICHLORETHYLENE 100% NO EFFECT 57. CARBON TETRACHLORIDE 100% EXCELLENT 58. MONOCHLORO BENZENE 100% NO EFFECT 59. DIOXANE 100% NO EFFECT 60. FURFURAL -- NO EFFECT CHEMICAL - DYES 61. CONGO RED 1% NO EFFECT 62. EOSIN Y 0.5% NO EFFECT 63. GENTIAN VIOLET 1% NO EFFECT 64. INDIGO CARMEN 0.5% NO EFFECT 65. METHYL GREEN 0.5% NO EFFECT 66. WRIGHTS BLOOD STAIN 0.35% NO EFFECT 1.2. EPOXY RESIN WORK SURFACE
A. MATERIAL: CHEMICAL AND ABRASION RESISTANT, DURABLE TOP OF ONE-INCH THICK CAST MATERIAL OF EPOXY RESINS AND INERT PRODUCTS, CAST FLAT, WITH A UNIFORM NON-GLARE BLACK MATTE FINISH.
B. BACKSPLASH CURB: SAME MATERIAL AS TOP, 4" HIGH, BUTT JOINTED AND CEMENTED TO TOP. PROVIDE WHERE TOPS ABUT WALL SURFACES. INCLUDE END CURB WHERE TOP ABUTS END WALL.
MARK FIXTURE WASTE VENT COLD HOT REMARKS
FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE
# INSTALLATION SHALL MEET 2010 AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES
FOR BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES.
EEW EMERGENCY EYE 1/2" 1/2" HANDICAPPED#
SK SINK (SINGLE
COMPARTMENT)
1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" INTEGRAL SINK & COUNTER HANDICAPPED#
WASH/DRENCH
SHOWER
PLUMBING LEGEND
CLEANOUT CO
IN HORIZONTAL OR BELOW FLOOR CO
DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPE, NEW CW
DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPE, NEW HW
DOWN DN
EMERGENCY EYE WASH EEW
EXISTING EX
BALL VALVE
HOT AND COLD WATER H&CW
INLET WITH P-TRAP
NEW CONNECTED TO EXISTING
PIPING INDICATION WITH RESPECT
TO WATER FLOW
BOTTOM TAKEOFF
SIDE CONNECTION
CONNECTION (BOTTOM,TEE OR TOP)
TOP TAKEOFF
TURN DOWN OR FROM BELOW
TURN UP OR DOWN
TURN UP OR FROM ABOVE
SANITARY SEWER, NEW SS
SHOCK ABSORBER SA
SINK SK
VENT PIPE, NEW V
DE-IONIZED PIPING CONNECTIONSNO SCALE
DI
DOMESTIC WATER
DE-IONIZED WATER FAUCET PROVIDED
WITH DE-IONIZED FILTRATION.
CONTRACTOR PROVIDED AND INSTALLED
3/8" TUBING
1 2 3
STAGE 1: DI FILTER
STAGE 2: DI FILTER
STAGE 3: DI FILTER
COUNTER
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
1718-5
BLA
CK
SB
UR
G, V
IRG
INIA
WA
LLA
CE
HA
LL U
PF
IT F
OR
TH
E
GE
OG
RA
PH
Y D
EP
AR
TM
EN
T
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
GRAPHIC SCALE:
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
COMMO
NWEALTH OF
V
IRGINIA
PRO
FESS IONAL E
NGIN
ERE
01/21/ 19
P1
PLUMBING
LEGEND, FIXTURE
SCHEDULE, DETAIL
AND NOTES
DHH
MGW
1. CODES, STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS: MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATION, DISINFECTION AND
TESTING SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING CODES AND STANDARDS:
A. LOCAL CODES OR ORDINANCES.
B. VIRGINIA CONSTRUCTION CODE (VCC).
C. PIPING, FITTINGS, PUMP SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES THAT ARE CONNECTED TO POTABLE
WATER SYSTEM SHALL MEET THE 1996 SAFE WATER DRINKING ACT AND THE 2011 REDUCTION OF
LEAD IN DRINKING WATER ACT, AND WHERE APPLICABLE SHALL MEET NSF STANDARD 61 AND SHALL
BE LABELED AND CERTIFIED.
2. SHOP DRAWINGS: FURNISH SIX COPIES OF PLUMBING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO ARCHITECT FOR
REVIEW.
3. DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. THE WORK INCLUDES PROVIDING A COMPLETE PLUMBING SYSTEM INCLUDING, BUT NOT NECESSARILY
RESTRICTED TO, THE FOLLOWING:
(1) SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM TO A POINT WITHIN BUILDING.
(2) DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM TO A POINT WITHIN BUILDING.
(3) DEIONIZED WATER PIPING SYSTEM.
(4) INSTALLATION AND CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OWNER.
(5) CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS OF THESE
SPECIFICATIONS.
(6) MISCELLANEOUS WORK AS DESCRIBED HEREIN, AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED
FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM.
4. PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS, PIPE SLEEVES AND WALL CEILING PLATES:
A. PROVIDE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE VIRGINIA CONSTRUCTION CODE.
B. PIPE SLEEVES:
1. PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR PIPING AND CONDUIT PASSING THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS AND
CONCRETE, MASONRY, TILE, AND GYPSUM WALL CONSTRUCTION. SLEEVES SHALL NOT BE
PROVIDED FOR PIPING AND CONDUIT RUNNING EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR SLAB ON GRADE,
EXCEPT THAT COPPER PIPING SHALL REQUIRE SLEEVES THROUGH SLABS ON GRADE. SLEEVES
THROUGH STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL BE ONLY AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. IN INTERIOR
WALL, PROVIDE 1/4 INCH SPACE ALL AROUND BETWEEN SLEEVE AND CONDUIT, PIPING, OR
INSULATION OF PIPING.
2. SLEEVES IN MECHANICAL ROOMS WITH FLOOR DRAINS OR HOSE BIBBS SHALL EXTEND 4 INCHES
ABOVE FLOOR. PROVIDE FLANGES OR FLASHING RINGS WITH SLEEVES IN FLOORS WITH
WATERPROOF MEMBRANE AND CLAMP OR FLASH INTO THE MEMBRANE. PROVIDE SLEEVES
FLUSH WITH FLOOR IN OTHER ROOMS.
3. SLEEVES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 20 GAGE GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL WITH LOCK SEAM
JOINTS FOR ALL SLEEVES SET IN CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS TERMINATING FLUSH WITH THE
FLOOR. ALL OTHER SLEEVES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED.
5. SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING, D.I. WATER: (SEE PLAN NOTE 6 FOR D.I. PIPING.)
A. PLASTIC PIPE: MAY BE USED FOR PIPING ABOVE GROUND AND BELOW GROUND, SANITARY FORCED
MAIN ABOVE AND BELOW GROUND. FOAM CORE PIPING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. ALL PLASTIC PIPE,
FITTINGS AND COMPONENTS SHALL BE THIRD PARTY CERTIFIED TO NSF 14. PVC SHALL NOT BE USED
IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS.
(1) PIPE: PVC SCHEDULE 40 DWV, ASTM D 2665.
(2) FITTINGS: PVC SCHEDULE 40 ASTM D3311 FITTINGS FOR SOLVENT JOINTS.
(3) JOINTS: ASTM F656 PURPLE PRIMER, SOLVENT ASTM D2564 (NOT PURPLE IN COLOR), JOINTS
MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D2855.
B. POLYPROPYLENE: (ORION)
(1) UNDERGROUND PIPING SCHEDULE 40 POLYPROPYLENE CONFORMING TO ASTM F 1412
TOLERANCES FROM FLAME RETARDANT MATERIAL IN 10' LENGTHS. POLYPROPYLENE MATERIAL
SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D 4101. CONTRACTOR HAS THE OPTION ON BELOW GRADE PIPE THAT
MEETS ABOVE SPECIFICATION EXCEPT WITHOUT FLAME RETARDANT ADDITIVE. EACH 10'
SECTION OF PIPE SHALL BE FACTORY GROOVED.
(2) ABOVE GRADE NON FIRE RATED PIPING: SCHEDULE 40 FLAME RETARDANT POLYPROPYLENE TO
ASTM F-1412 TOLERANCES FROM IN 10' LENGTHS. POLYPROPYLENE MATERIAL SHALL CONFORM
TO ASTM D 4101.
(3) ABOVE GRADE FIRE RATED PIPING: SCHEDULE 40 POLYVINYLIDENE FLUORIDE (PVDF)
CONFORMING TO ASTM F-1673 IN 10' LENGTHS. PVDF MATERIAL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM
D-3322. MATERIAL SHALL BE CODE APPROVED FOR USE IN NON-COMBUSTIBLE PLENUM AS
DESCRIBED IN BOCA RESEARCH REPORT 98-38. ADDITIONALLY MATERIAL SHALL MEET UL-723
(ASTM E-84) WITH COPY OF CERTIFICATE.
(4) FITTINGS:
A. UNDERGROUND - SCHEDULE 40 POLYPROPYLENE MATERIAL CONFORMING TO ASTM D-4101
AND ASTM F-1412. FITTING LAYOUTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D-3311. ALL FITTINGS
SHALL BE MOLDED DRAINAGE PATTERN FITTINGS. THE JOINING SYSTEM SHALL BE EITHER
RIONFUSE COIL FUSION, TO CONFORM TO ASTM 1290 TECHNIQUE I, OR SOCKET FUSION TO
CONFORM TO ASTM 2657 TECHNIQUE I.
B. ABOVE GROUND NON FIRE RATED AREAS - SCHEDULE 40 FLAME RETARDANT
POLYPROPYLENE CONFORMING TO ASTM D-4101 AND ASTM F-1412. FITTING LAYOUTS
SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D-3311. ALL FITTINGS SHALL BE MOLDED DRAINAGE PATTERN
FITTINGS. THE JOINING SYSTEM SHALL BE MECHANICAL JOINT. EACH COUPLING SHALL
HAVE AN OUTER BAND OF 300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL WITH 5/16 BOLTS, NUTS AND
WASHERS PLATED TO MEET 100 HOUR SALT SPRAY PER ASTM B-117. THE MECHANICAL
JOINT SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM F-1412.
C. ABOVE GROUND FIRE RATED AREAS - SCHEDULE 40 POLYVINYLIDENE FLUORIDE (PVDF) PER
ASTM F-1673 USING MATERIAL CONFORMING TO ASTM D-3322. MATERIAL SHALL BE CODE
APPROVED FOR USE IN NON COMBUSTIBLE PLENUMS AS DESCRIBED IN BOCA RESEARCH
REPORT 98-38. ADDITIONALLY MATERIAL SHALL MEET UL-723 (ASTM E-84) WITH COPY OF
CERTIFICATE. FITTING LAYOUTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D-3311 AND ASTM F-1673. ALL
FITTINGS SHALL BE MOLDED DRAINAGE PATTERN FITTINGS. THE JOINING SYSTEM SHALL BE
MECHANICAL JOINT. EACH COUPLING SHALL HAVE AN OUTER BAND OF 300 SERIES
STAINLESS STEEL WITH 5/16 BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS PLATED TO MEET 100 HOUR SALT
SPRAY TEST PER ASTM B-117. THE MECHANICAL JOINT SHALL CONFORM TO THE
REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM F-1412.
C. CPVC CHEMICAL WASTE DRAINAGE SYSTEM PIPE AND FITTINGS: SPECIAL DRAINAGE SYSTEM FOR
CORROSIVE OR ACID WASTE SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM CPVC TYPE IV GRADE I COMPOUNDS
CONFORMING TO ASTM F2618. PIPE SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 DIMENSIONS. ONE-STEP SOLVENT
CEMENT SHALL BE SPECIALLY FORMULATED FOR CHEMICAL WASTE APPLICATIONS AND CONFORM TO
ASTM F493. PIPE, FITTINGS AND CEMENT SHALL BE SUPPLIED AS A SYSTEM BY A SINGLE
MANUFACTURER. ALL PIPE, FITTINGS AND CEMENT SHALL BE THIRD-PARTY CERTIFIED BY NSF
INTERNATIONAL FOR USE IN CORROSIVE WASTE DRAINAGE SYSTEMS AND SHALL BEAR THE MARK
"NSF-CW." INSTALLATION TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND ALL
APPLICABLE LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS.
6. INTERIOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING: (SEE PLAN NOTE 6, SHEET P1 FOR DEIONIZED WATER PIPING.)
A. COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS:
(1) TUBE: ASTM B88, CERTIFIED COPPER TUBING (NOT STANDARD TUBE)
A. ABOVE GROUND FLOOR: TYPE L, HARD DRAWN.
(2) FITTINGS: WROUGHT COPPER, ASME B16.22 OR CAST COPPER ALLOY ASME B16.18.
(3) JOINTS:
A. ABOVE GROUND FLOOR: ASTM B32 LEAD FREE SOLDER, ASTM B813 LEAD FREE FLUX. LEAD
FREE SHALL MEAN LESS THAN 0.2 PERCENT LEAD.
7. VALVES: (DOMESTIC WATER)
A. BALL VALVES: VALVES 2 1/2 INCH AND SMALLER SHALL BE RATED 150 PSI SWP AND 600 PSI
NON-SHOCK WOG AND SHALL HAVE 2 PIECE CAST BRONZE BODIES, TFE SEATS, FULL PORT, SEPARATE
PACKNUT WITH ADJUSTABLE STEM PACKING, ANTI-BLOWOUT STEMS AND CHROME-PLATED
BRASS/BRONZE BALL. VALVE ENDS SHALL HAVE FULL DEPTH ANSI THREADS OR EXTENDED SOLDER
CONNECTIONS AND BE MANUFACTURED TO COMPLY WITH MSS-SP110. [NIBCO T585-70 (THREADED);
S585-70 (SOLDER)]
NOTE: WHERE PIPING IS INSULATED, BALL VALVES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH 2” EXTENDED HANDLES
OF NON-THERMAL CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL. ALSO, PROVIDE A PROTECTIVE SLEEVE THAT ALLOWS
OPERATION OF THE VALVE WITHOUT BREAKING THE VAPOR SEAL OR DISTURBING THE INSULATION.
MEMORY STOPS, WHICH ARE FULLY ADJUSTABLE AFTER INSULATION IS APPLIED, SHALL BE INCLUDED.
[NIBCO T585/70NS (THREADED); S585-0NS (SOLDER)]
B. CHECK VALVES: VALVES 2 INCH AND SMALLER SHALL BE TYPE INLINE LIFT, CLASS 125, THREADED OR
SOLDER ENDS; ASTM A582 STAINLESS STEEL STEM, 316 STAINLESS STEEL SPRING, AND ASTM A276
STAINLESS STEEL SEAT SCREWS; TFE DISC AND SEAT RING; BODIES AND END CONFORMING TO ASTM
B-584 BRONZE, SPRING ACTUATED TYPE DISC. (NIBCO T-480, S-480)
C. HOSE BIBBS AND HOSE-END DRAIN VALVES: (EQUIPMENT ROOMS AND SIMILAR SPACES). WATTS
LFSC-5 (1/2 INCH), MATCO-NORCA 646 RLF OR EQUAL ROUGH BRASS, LEAD-FREE.
D. SHOCK ABSORBERS: JOSAM "ABSORBOTRON" 75000 SERIES, SMITH 5000 SERIES “HYDROTROLS”,
ZURN Z1700 “SHOKTROLS”, WADE “SHOKSTOP”, OR EQUAL, LEAD-FREE, STAINLESS STEEL. (SA-A MAX.
11 SFU; SA-B MAX. 32 SFU. PROVIDE ON BOTH HOT AND COLD WATER BRANCHES. JOB FABRICATED
AIR CHAMBERS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. O-RING TYPE SHOCK ABSORBERS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
(ASME/ANSI A112.26.1 OR ASSE 1010)
E. INDIVIDUAL FIXTURE TEMPERING VALVES (TV-1): PROVIDE WATTS MODEL SERIES LFUSG-B-M2
UNDER-SINK GUARDIAN ASSE 1070 THERMOSTATIC TEMPERING VALVE FOR SINGLE SINK. SET VALVE
FOR MINIMUM 105 DEG. F., MAXIMUM 109 DEG. F.
8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS:
A. PROVIDE BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES AT ALL LOCATIONS SHOWN OR SPECIFIED. DEVICE SHALL
BE SAME SIZE AS LINE IN WHICH INSTALLED. LISTED BELOW IS A LIST OF CONNECTION TO THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM THAT SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST BACKFLOW OR BACK SIPHONAGE:
(1) HOSE VACUUM BREAKER TYPE (ASSE 1011; CSA CAN/CSA-B64.2): WATTS NO. LF8A, LF8AC
(CHROME FINISHED) OR EQUAL, LEAD FREE, WITH NON-REMOVABLE FEATURE. HOSE BIBBS AND
SINKS WITH THREADED OUTLETS
9. STRAINERS:
A. INSTALL ON INLET OF DOUBLE CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTERS AND WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.
STRAINER ELEMENT SHALL BE REMOVABLE WITHOUT DISCONNECTION PIPING. SUITABLE FOR 125 PSI
WORKING PRESSURE. PROVIDE WITH BRONZE OR STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN WITH VALVED AND
CAPPED BLOW-OFF OUTLET.
(1) WATER: 2-1/2 INCH AND SMALLER, 20 MESH SCREEN.
(2) BODY: 3 INCH OR SMALLER, BRASS OR BRONZE.
10. DEIONIZATION FILTRATION SYSTEM: PROVIDE US WATER 3-STAGE DI FILTRATION UNIT MODEL AP310-DIS.
SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE FAUCET, ALL FITTINGS AND 3/8" TUBING. NSF CERTIFIED. SYSTEM SHALL HAVE
STAGE 1, 2 AND 3 DI DEIONIZATION REPLACEABLE CARTRIDGES.
11. PLUMBING FIXTURES:
A. GENERAL: FIXTURES EQUAL TO THOSE AS HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED SHALL BE FURNISHED AND
INSTALLED COMPLETE WITH ALL SUPPLIES, WASTE AND VENT CONNECTIONS, ALL FITTINGS, ALL
NECESSARY HANGERS AND SUPPORTS, BOLT CAPS, FAUCETS, VALVES AND TRAPS. ALL TRIM SHALL
BE BRASS WITH POLISHED CHROMIUM PLATED FINISH WITH CHROME SETSCREW ESCUTCHEON AT
WALL, EXCEPT FIXTURE SUPPLY PIPES MAY BE CHROMIUM PLATED COPPER WITH CHROME
SETSCREW ESCUTCHEONS AT WALL. D.I. WATER SHALL HAVE SPECIAL PIPING. SEE SPECIFICATION
PARAGRAPH 12. TRAPS SHALL BE (17 GAUGE) CAST BRASS WITH CLEANOUT PLUG. HANDICAPPED
SINKS SHALL HAVE BOTH WATER SUPPLIES AND TRAP INSULATED AND WRAPPED WITH HANDY-SHIELD
(BY PLUMBEREX), HANDI LAV-GUARD (BY TRUEBRO) OR PROWRAP (BY MCGUIRE). WHERE BELOW
DECK MIXING VALVE IS SPECIFIED, PROVIDE ZURN MODEL Z6900-V9 VANDAL GUARD ENCLOSURE OR
EQUAL BY TRUEBRO. COLOR SHALL BE WHITE AND FASTENERS SHALL REMAIN OUT OF SIGHT.
B. PROVIDE LOCK-SHIELD, LOOSE-KEY OR SCREW DRIVER PATTERN POLISHED CHROMIUM PLATED
ANGLE STOPS, WITH EACH SINK FAUCET.
C. FIXTURES:
DESIGNATION HANDICAPPED FIXTURE TYPE (ADA)
SK SINK: FIXTURE BY OTHERS WITH CHICAGO 947-317 FAUCET WITH ATMOSPHERIC
VACUUM BREAKER, WRIST BLADE HANDLES, SWING SPOUT, 2.2 GPM AT 60.0 PSI
DISCHARGE, LKAD-35 STRAINER AND LKAD05 OFFSET TAILPIECE. PROVIDE ORION BT1
BOTTLE TRAP WITH TWO (2) BOTTLES OF 1-QUART SIZE.
EEW EMERGENCY EYEWASH (HANDHELD): COUNTER MOUNT EYEWASH/DRENCH HOSE
STATION BRADLEY MODEL S19-465EFW ANGLED WITH DUAL EYEWASH HEADS WITH
COVERS. RETRACTABLE 8-FOOT LONG RUBBER HOSE, SQUEEZE LEVER HANDLE,
UNIVERSAL LANGUAGE SIGN AND MOUNTING BRACKET. PROVIDE ATMOSPHERIC
VACUUM BREAKER WATTS MODEL 288-C. PROVIDE BRADLEY NAVIGATOR MODEL
S-19-2000 EFX8 PRESSURE COMPENSATING THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE TV-2 (ASSE
1071) WITH MOUNTING BRACKET, 3.0 GPM FLOW AT 5 PSI PRESSURE DROP, DIAL
THERMOMETER AND CHECK STOPS. SET TEMPERATURE TO 85°F.
12. CLEANOUTS:
A. SAME SIZE AS PIPE SERVED UP TO 4 INCHES. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE EASILY ACCESSIBLE. ALL
CLEANOUT PLUGS SHALL BE BRONZE, SET IN GRAPHITE GREASE. (ASTM A74, ASME A112.3.1, ASME
A112.36.2M) COVERS SHALL BE SET FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR OR WALL. PROVIDE CARPET
MARKERS IN ALL CARPETED AREAS.
(1) BASE OF VERTICAL STACKS: JOSAM 58600-COT WITH STAINLESS STEEL WALL COVER. LOCATED
24 INCHES ABOVE FLOOR.
(2) HORIZONTAL PIPES ABOVE GRADE: CLEANOUTS SHALL BE FERRULE WITH BRONZE SCREW PLUG
IN FITTING OR TAPPED CAST IRON FERRULE WITH BRONZE PLUG.
13. INSULATION:
A. ALL DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, ALL HORIZONTAL SANITARY PIPING ABOVE DINING AREAS SHALL BE
INSULATED. INSULATION SHALL BE JOHNS MANVILLE, OWENS CORNING, OR ARMSTRONG. ALL
MATERIALS AND PVC TYPE FITTING COVERS USED SHALL HAVE COMPOSITE FLAME-SPREAD RATING
NOT EXCEEDING 25 AND A SMOKE-DEVELOPED RATING NOT EXCEEDING 50, AS TESTED UNDER
PROCEDURE ASTM E-84, NFPA 90A AND 90B.
B. PIPING INSULATION: FIBERGLASS INSULATION SHALL BE 1 INCH THICK AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM
THERMAL RESISTANCE (R) OF 4.0 PER INCH OF THICKNESS AT A MEAN TEMPERATURE OF 75 DEG. F.
FIBERGLASS INSULATION SHALL HAVE A WHITE KRAFT BONDED TO ALUMINUM FOIL, REINFORCED
WITH FIBERGLASS YARN JACKET, LAP JOINTS, TAPE AND SEAL.
14. INSTALLATION:
A. GENERAL:
(1) SUSPENDED HORIZONTAL PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY ADJUSTABLE WROUGHT STEEL
CLEVIS HANGERS. WHERE SUPPORTS BEAR ON COPPER PIPE, THEY SHALL BE COPPER PLATED.
WHERE SUPPORTS BEAR ON INSULATED PIPING, PROVIDE INSULATION SHIELD. CHAIN, STRAP,
WIRE OR OTHER MAKESHIFT DEVICES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED AS HANGERS OR SUPPORTS.
(2) INSTALL BRANCH PIPING FOR WATER AND WASTE, FROM THE RESPECTIVE PIPING SYSTEMS AND
CONNECT TO ALL FIXTURES, VALVES, COCKS, OUTLETS, CASEWORK, CABINETS AND EQUIPMENT,
INCLUDING THOSE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THESE
SPECIFICATIONS.
(3) INSTALL TRIM AND FITTINGS PROVIDED WITH CASEWORK, CABINETS AND LABORATORIES,
INCLUDING THOSE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER, BUT NOT INSTALLED AT POINT OF FABRICATION.
(4) WELDED JOINTS SHALL BE FUSION WELDED BY QUALIFIED WELDERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI
B31.1 SECTION 6, UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. MITERING OR NOTCHING PIPE TO FORM
ELBOWS AND TEES, AND DRILLING OR PUNCHING TO MAKE CONNECTIONS WILL NOT BE
PERMITTED.
(5) COMPRESSION GASKET JOINTS FOR CAST IRON SEWER PIPE SHALL BE MADE WITH NEOPRENE
COMPRESSION GASKETS CONFORMING TO ASTM C564.
(6) NO-HUB JOINTS FOR CAST IRON PIPES SHALL BE MADE WITH NEOPRENE GASKETS (ASTM C564)
AND STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS CONFORMING TO ASTM C564 AND ASTM C1277.
(7) MECHANICAL JOINTS ELASTOMERIC SEALING SLEEVE FOR CAST IRON PIPE SHALL BE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C564.
(8) SOLVENT CEMENT FOR PVC PIPING SHALL BE HANDLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM F402.
(9) PLASTIC PIPE SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN RETURN AIR CEILING PLENUMS.
(10) PLASTIC PIPE SHALL NOT PENETRATE A FIRE ASSEMBLY OR SMOKESTOP.
(11) PROVIDE CHROME PLATED ESCUTCHEONS AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE PIPING PENETRATES
FLOORS, WALLS AND CEILINGS IN EXPOSED LOCATIONS, EXCEPT IN MECHANICAL ROOMS.
(12) WHERE SUPPORTS BEAR ON INSULATED PIPING, PROVIDE INSULATION SHIELDS.
B. PIPING SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING:
(1) WASTE:
A. SLOPE SOIL AND WASTE PIPING AS FOLLOWS:
PIPE SIZE MINIMUM PITCH
SOIL, WASTE AND VENT
2-1/2 INCH & SMALLER 1/4" TO THE FOOT
3 INCH & LARGER 1/8" TO THE FOOT
B. CHANGES IN DIRECTION OF PIPING SHALL BE MADE WITH FITTINGS.
C. CONTRACTOR IS CAUTIONED TO VERIFY INVERT OF SANITARY SEWER AND TO COORDINATE
INVERTS OF NEW WORK TO SUIT CONDITIONS ENCOUNTERED.
D. SANITARY SEWER SHALL BE PROVIDED COMPLETE WITH ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, DRAINS,
ETC., PROPERLY CONNECTED AND VENTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE CODES.
ALL VENTS THROUGH THE ROOF SHALL EXTEND TWELVE INCHES ABOVE THE ROOF.
(2) DOMESTIC WATER:
A. GRADE ALL LINES TO FACILITATE DRAINAGE. PROVIDE HOSED-END DRAIN VALVES AT
LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL UNNECESSARY TRAPS IN CIRCULATING
LINES SHALL BE AVOIDED.
B. CONNECT BRANCH LINES AT BOTTOM OF MAIN SERVING FIXTURES BELOW AND PITCH
DOWN SO THAT MAIN MAY BE DRAINED THROUGH FIXTURE. CONNECT BRANCH LINES TO
TOP OF MAIN SERVING ONLY FIXTURES LOCATED ON FLOOR ABOVE.
15. PROTECTION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT:
A. PLUMBING AND SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY OVER ELECTRICAL
PANELBOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS OR MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS, UNLESS THE PIPE IS A MINIMUM OF 6
FEET ABOVE THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OR ABOVE A STRUCTURAL CEILING (CONCRETE CAP OR
SIMILAR). IF COMPLIANCE WITH THIS REQUIREMENT IS NOT POSSIBLE, NOTIFY THE ENGINEER
IMMEDIATELY. IF THE PIPING IS DIRECTLY ABOVE AND AT LEAST 6 FEET ABOVE THE ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT, PROVIDE A GALVANIZED STEEL DRAIN PAN INSTALLED DIRECTLY UNDER THE PIPING.
DRAIN PAN SHALL HAVE MINIMUM 2 INCH HIGH SIDES WITH A DRAIN PIPE CONNECTION AT THE
LOWEST POINT AND SHALL BE FULL WIDTH OF THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT BEING PROTECTED.
EXTEND DRAIN PIPE TO EXTERIOR OR TO NEAREST FLOOR DRAIN.
16. TESTS:
A. GENERAL: CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL INSTRUMENTS, MATERIALS, AND LABOR REQUIRED.
TESTS SHALL BE MADE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE OWNER OR AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION OR
AS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT WHO SHALL BE GIVEN FIVE (5) DAYS NOTICE BY THIS
CONTRACTOR OF HIS READINESS TO PERFORM SUCH TESTS. ANY LEAKS THAT DEVELOP DURING THE
TESTS SHALL BE REPAIRED BY REMAKING THE JOINT OR REPLACING PIPE AND FITTINGS. TEMPORARY
CAULKING WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. NO PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED OR CONCEALED UNTIL IT HAS
BEEN TESTED WITH RESULTS ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT. AIR TESTING WILL BE ACCEPTABLE
WHERE PERMITTED BY THE VIRGINIA CONSTRUCTION CODE. DO NOT PERFORM AIR TESTING ON
SYSTEMS WHERE PLASTIC PIPING, INCLUDING CPVC, ARE INSTALLED. TEST SYSTEMS EITHER IN ITS
ENTIRETY OR IN SECTIONS.
B. SOIL, WASTE AND VENT SYSTEMS: CONDUCT TESTS BEFORE TRENCHES ARE BACKFILLED OR
FIXTURES ARE CONNECTED. CONDUCT WATER TEST AS DIRECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
VIRGINIA CONSTRUCTION CODE AND THIS SPECIFICATION.
(1) WATER TEST: IF ENTIRE SYSTEM IS TESTED, TIGHTLY CLOSE ALL OPENINGS IN PIPES EXCEPT
HIGHEST OPENING AND FILL SYSTEM WITH WATER TO POINT OF OVERFLOW. IF SYSTEM IS
TESTED IN SECTIONS, TIGHTLY PLUG EACH OPENING EXCEPT HIGHEST OPENING OF SECTION
UNDER TEST, FILL EACH SECTION WITH WATER AND TEST WITH AT LEAST 10-FOOT HEAD OF
WATER. IN TESTING SUCCESSIVE SECTIONS, TEST AT LEAST UPPER 10 FEET OF NEXT
PRECEDING SECTION SO THAT EACH JOINT OR PIPE EXCEPT UPPERMOST 10-FOOT HEAD OF
WATER. KEEP WATER IN SYSTEM, OR IN PORTION UNDER TEST, FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES
BEFORE INSPECTION STARTS. SYSTEM SHALL THEN BE TIGHT AT ALL JOINTS.
C. POTABLE WATER SYSTEM: TEST AFTER INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS,
BUT BEFORE PIPING IS CONCEALED, BEFORE COVERING IS APPLIED AND BEFORE PLUMBING FIXTURES
ARE CONNECTED. FILL SYSTEMS WITH WATER AND MAINTAIN HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE OF 125 PSIG
OR AT 50 PERCENT HIGHER THAN ACTUAL OPERATING PRESSURE WHICH EVER IS GREATER FOR ONE
HOUR DURING INSPECTION AND PROVE TIGHT WITHOUT ANY LOSS OF PRESSURE.
D. OPTIONAL TESTS FOR CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS: AFTER INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND
CONNECTING TO EXISTING SYSTEMS, AND WHERE HEREIN BEFORE SPECIFIED TESTS ARE
IMPRACTICAL, TEST ALL NEW PIPING UNDER ACTUAL OPERATING CONDITIONS AND PROVE TIGHT TO
THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT.
17. DISINFECTION: AFTER TESTS HAVE BEEN SUCCESSIVELY COMPLETED, THOROUGHLY FLUSH AND
DISINFECT THE INTERIOR DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE VIRGINIA
CONSTRUCTION CODE.
18. CLEANING:
A. REMOVE TRASH, PLASTER, DUST, PAINT SPOTS AND ALL FOREIGN MATTER FROM INSIDE AND OUTSIDE
OF ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT.
B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK EACH LENGTH OF PIPE BEFORE IT IS PUT IN PLACE TO MAKE
CERTAIN THERE IS NOT FOREIGN MATERIAL (STONES, SAND, ETC.) IN THE SYSTEMS. PROVIDE
TEMPORARY BYPASS AROUND EQUIPMENT IF OR AS REQUIRED. ALL PLUMBING PIPES SHALL BE
THOROUGHLY FLUSHED WITH WATER TO REMOVE CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS BEFORE FINAL
CONNECTIONS ARE MADE TO EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES.
19. REPORTS: REPORT OF CLEANING, STERILIZING AND TESTING: CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY IN WRITING
BEFORE COMPLETION OF THE JOB THAT ALL SPECIFIED CLEANING PROCEDURES, TESTS AND STERILIZING
HAVE BEEN PERFORMED, WITH RESULTS AS SPECIFIED OR AS REQUIRED BY CODES.
GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES:
1. MAKE PIPING CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED TO ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT
EVEN THOUGH ALL BRANCH MAINS, ELBOWS AND CONNECTIONS ARE NOT
SHOWN.
2. CHECK WITH ARCHITECTURAL WORKING DRAWING BEFORE ROUGHING-IN
PLUMBING FIXTURES.
3. SLOPES AND INVERT ELEVATIONS OF SEWERS, MANHOLES, ETC., SHALL BE
ESTABLISHED AND VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR BEFORE ANY PIPING IS
INSTALLED IN ORDER THAT PROPER SLOPE WILL BE MAINTAINED AND
NECESSARY INVERT ELEVATIONS OBTAINED.
4. ALL PIPES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER NEW AND EXISTING DUCTS,
PIPES, LIGHTS, STRUCTURAL SYSTEM, CEILING SUPPORTS AND FRAMING
BEFORE INSTALLATION. MINOR PIPE OFFSETS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS
REQUIRED. MEASUREMENTS FOR VERTICAL CLEARANCES SHALL BE TAKEN AT
THE JOB SITE BEFORE INSTALLATION OF ANY PIPING.
5. WASTE PIPE BELOW FLOOR, VENT PIPING ABOVE CEILING, PIPING OFFSET FOR
CLARITY.
6. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED ABOVE CEILINGS UNLESS
NOTED OTHERWISE. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHOWN IN PIPE CHASE WALLS
SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CHASE SPACE, PIPING OFFSET FOR CLARITY.
7. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO
FREEZING OR SPACES EXTERIOR TO BUILDING INSULATION.
8. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S
PUBLISHED INSTRUCTIONS. COORDINATE HOT AND COLD WATER, SANITARY
WASTE AND VENT PIPING AND ROUGH-IN INSTALLATION WITH ALL EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURERS' REQUIREMENTS.
9. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODES,
APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF LATEST EDITION OF NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION, LOCAL UTILITY REGULATIONS AND GOVERNMENTAL
DEPARTMENTS HAVING JURISDICTION.
10. WHERE PIPE CONNECTIONS ARE SHOWN CONNECTING TO EXISTING,
CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS AND CONNECTION SIZES
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
11. LIMITS OF CONTRACT: DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE, AND SANITARY PIPING
SHALL BE EXTENDED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS TO POINTS
WITHIN THE BUILDING LINES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE
DRAWINGS, WHERE THE PIPES SHALL BE CAPPED OR PLUGGED AND LEFT
READY FOR CONNECTION AND EXTENSION BY OTHERS, AND THE LOCATIONS
MARKED WITH APPROVED MEANS.
12. INFORMATION ON EXISTING PLUMBING SHOWN WAS OBTAINED FROM PLANS
DATED MARCH 30, 1966. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST WORK AS REQUIRED
TO SUIT ACTUAL LOCATIONS IF DIFFERENT FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
13. RETURN AIR PLENUM NOTE: ALL MATERIAL LOCATED IN THE RETURN AIR
PLENUMS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE INTERNATIONAL
MECHANICAL CODE, SECTION 602.2.1.
14. PIPING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED ABOVE ELECTRICAL PANELS. COORDINATE
INSTALLATION OF PIPES WITH ELECTRICAL PANELS WHEN SHOWN NEAR
PANELS OR OVER ELECTRICAL ROOMS.
PLUMBING SYSTEMS NOTES & SPECIFICATIONS
A49
A44
A45
A46
A47
107
105
103
100A
101A
101B
101C
101
103
1 2 3
B15
B5
DN
236
236A
238A
238
238C
CR-2B
237
241A
239241
243
42 3
OFFICE
232A
PHYS GEOGLAB
232
2" 1
6
4 5 1/2"H&CW
3
EX. 3"VTR
SK2
7
1/2"CW
1/2"H&CW DN
TO TV-2
TV-2 10
EEW
11
8 9
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
1718-5
BL
AC
KS
BU
RG
, V
IRG
INIA
WA
LL
AC
E H
AL
L U
PF
IT F
OR
TH
E
GE
OG
RA
PH
Y D
EP
AR
TM
EN
T
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
GRAPHIC SCALE:
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
COMMO
NWEALTH OF
V
IRGINIA
PRO
FESS IONAL E
NGIN
ERE
01/21/ 19
P2
PARTIAL FIRST AND
SECOND FLOOR
PLANS - PLUMBING
DHH
MGW
PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - PLUMBINGSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - PLUMBING
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES:
1. REMOVE EXISTING ONE COMPARTMENT SINK, FAUCET, CABINET,
P-TRAP, WASTE PIPING BELOW COUNTERTOP, HOT AND COLD WATER
SUPPLY STOPS, VALVES AND PIPING TO WITHIN WALL.
2. CAP PIPING RUNOUTS FOR NEW WORK.
3. PATCH WALL TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS.
4. REMOVE EXISTING TWO COMPARTMENT SINK, FAUCET, CABINET,
P-TRAP, WASTE PIPING BELOW COUNTERTOP, HOT AND COLD WATER
SUPPLY STOPS, VALVES AND PIPING TO WITHIN WALL.
PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR NEW WORK PLAN - PLUMBINGSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
NEW WORK PLAN NOTES:
1. EXTEND NEW SANITARY WASTE PIPING TO EXISTING SANITARY WASTE
PIPING OF SAME SIZE OR LARGER.
2. CONTRACTOR PROVIDED AND INSTALLED SINK AND APPURTENANCES.
3. EXTEND NEW 2" VENT PIPING TO EXISTING 3"VTR.
4. PROVIDE SHOCK ABSORBER SA-A FOR EACH SUPPLY.
5. EXTEND NEW HOT AND COLD VALVED WATER PIPING TO EXISTING HOT
AND COLD WATER PIPING OF SAME SIZE OR LARGER. PROVIDE NEW
ESCUTCHEONS, STOPS AND RISERS, FAUCET AND TEMPERING VALVE.
6. PROVIDE NEW US WATER SYSTEMS 3-STAGE DI FILTRATION SYSTEM
AP310-DIS. PROVIDE ALL FITTINGS, FAUCET AND TUBING FOR UNDER
SINK INSTALLATION. PIPING SHALL BE 3/8" SIZE THROUGHOUT.
SYSTEM SHALL HAVE STAGE 1, STAGE 2 AND STAGE 3 DEIONIZATION
CARTRIDGES. SYSTEM SHALL BE NSF CERTIFIED. PROVIDE JOHN
GUEST RO SUPPLY ANGLE STOP VALVE FOR CONNECTION TO WATER
SUPPLY PIPE.
7. SINK WASTE PIPING STRAINER, TAILPIECE, TRAP AND NEW WASTE
PIPING EXTENDED TO EXISTING WASTE PIPING SHALL BE ALL BRASS,
STAINLESS STEEL, PVC OR CPVC. NO CARBON STEEL, COPPER, CAST
IRON, GALVANIZED IRON OR BLACK IRON TO BE USED.
8. PROVIDE CLEANOUT IN VERTICAL BELOW SINK.
9. PROVIDE ORION MODEL BT-1 SEDIMENT BOTTLE TRAP WITH QUART
SIZE BOTTLES.
10. LOCATE TEMPERING VALVE TV-2 BELOW COUNTER. EXTEND
TEMPERED WATER TO EMERGENCY EYE WASH EEW. PROVIDE
ACCESS.
11. PROVIDE LOCKABLE BALL VALVES WITH TAG THAT STATES VALVE
SHALL REMAIN LOCKED OPEN UNLESS IN REPAIR. KEY TO BE
PROVIDED TO HEAD OF MAINTENANCE.
1
1
ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191
SHEET NOTES:1. RELOCATE ALL EXISTING SUPPLY DIFFUSERS AND RETURN GRILLES IN SCOPE AREA
TO FIT WITHIN NEW CEILING.
2. RELOCATE THERMOSTATS SHOWN ON DEMOLISHED WALLS.
3. SEE NEW WORK PLANS FOR NEW LOCATIONS OF THERMOSTATS, SUPPLY
DIFFUSERS, AND RETURN GRILLES.
PLAN NOTES:1. DEMOLISH EXISTING PNEUMATIC THERMOSTAT. SEE NEW WORK FOR LOCATION OF
NEW THERMOSTAT FOR FC1-45.
2. RELOCATE FLEX DUCTED RETURN GRILLES. RELOCATE TO OFFICES 260A & 260B ON
NEW WORK PLAN.
3. RELOCATE EXISTING PNEUMATIC THERMOSTAT. SEE NEW WORK PLAN FOR NEW
LOCATIONS.
4. EXISTING INSULATED CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE TO REMAIN. SEE ARCHITECTURAL
PLANS FOR NEW ENCLOSURE.
5. RELOCATE DIFFUSERS AND ASSOCIATED DUCT WORK. SEE NEW WORK PLAN FOR
NEW LOCATION.
6. EXISTING FAN COIL UNIT, ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, AND GRILLES TO
REMAIN IN HATCHED AREA.
FC2-56
FC2-57F
C2
-55
FC
2-5
3F
C2
-51
FC
2-5
0F
C2
-48
FC
2-4
7
FC2-46
FC2-58
FC2-62
FC2-61
FC2-63
FC2-59
FC2-11
FC2-10FC2-12 FC2-13
FC2-17
FC2-19
FC2-18
FC2-23
FC2-15
FC2-14
FC
2-2
2
FC2-16
FC2-21
FC2-20
UP
CR-2A
CR-2C
B24
B23
B22
B25
B26
B15
B5
B29B28
B2
B3
DN
229
231
229C229B229A
233
221
223
225
227
228 230
233A
215
257256 255 254 253
262
260
DN
219
217
213
211
209
207
205
203
201
200
202
204
260A
260B
260C
260G
258259
B29
238C238B238A236A
236
238
234
232C
232B
232
B5
243
241
239
237
237
FC2-54
NO DEMOLITION TO
BE COMPLETED IN
THE HATCHED AREA
30x10
8x4
30x10
30x8
8x8
30x10
30x8
8x4
12x8
20x10
8x4
24x8
20x1024x8
8x4
8x6
8x8
20x10
48x10
14x10 8x10
5x88x8
24x624x6
8x4
18x8
6x5
24x6
8x46x8
14x8
8x5
24x6
26x8
28x6
18x8 14x8 12x8 8x8
24x6
6x5
14x8 6x8
18x8
20x6
2
6x4
24x6
6x8
14x8
24x624x6
18x87x8
8x6
24x8
20x10
7x10
8x4
24x6
18x8
8x4 8x4
24x8
14x810x8 6x8
24x8
18x8
24x6
18x10
3
3
3
4
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
TT
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
3
30x14
FC
1-4
4 30x8
24x8
FC
1-4
5
20x10
8x6
6x6
FC1-43
FC1-42
FC1-41
6x5 7x10
12x10
12x10
84x24 LOUVER
84x16 DUCT RISER
UP FROM TRENCH
THRU M.E. ROOM WALL
24x24 TRENCH BELOW FLOOR
5x10
24x8
30x10
6x6
30x8
8x8
10x8
20x10
24x88x5
44x10
38x10
44x10 UP
A49
A44
A45
A46
A47
107
105
103
100A
107
105
102
101
101C
101A
101B
NO DEMOLITION TO
BE COMPLETED IN
THE HATCHED AREA
1
6
6
T
T
T
T
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
1718-5
BL
AC
KS
BU
RG
, V
IRG
INIA
WA
LLA
CE
HA
LL
UP
FIT
FO
R T
HE
GE
OG
RA
PH
Y D
EP
AR
TM
EN
T
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
GRAPHIC SCALE:
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
COMMO
NWEALTH OF
V
IRGINIA
PRO
FESS IONAL E
NGIN
ERE
01/21/ 19
MD1
PARTIAL
DEMOLITION
FLOOR PLANS -
HVAC
JCW
RDF
PARTIAL DEMOLITION FIRST FLOOR PLAN - HVACSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
PARTIAL DEMOLITION SECOND FLOOR PLAN - HVACSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
HVAC LEGENDAIR HANDLING UNIT AHU
BOTTOM GRILLE BG
CEILING DIFFUSER CD
CEILING GRILLE CG
CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CFM
DIAMETER DIA
DUCTWORK (NEW)
RETURN & EXHAUST
SUPPLY
DUCTWORK (EXISTING TO REMAIN) EX RETURN EX R SUPPLY EX SDUCTWORK (EXISTING TO BE REMOVED)
RETURN R SUPPLY S
EXISTING, REMOVE FROM THIS POINT
FAN COIL UNIT FC
MANUAL DAMPER MD
NEW CONNECTED TO EXISTING
RETURN AIR RA
STATIC PRESSURE SP
SUPPLY AIR SA
THERMOSTAT OR TEMPERATURE SENSOR T'STAT TTOP GRILLE TG
TOP REGISTER TR
FLEXIBLE DUCT
CHILLED WATER RETURN CWRCHILLED WATER SUPPLY CWS
HOT WATER SUPPLY HWS
HOT WATER RETURN HWR
CIRCUIT SETTER
CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE D
DIRECTION OF FLOW
DIRECTION OF SLOPE DOWN
CS(GPM)
D
GENERAL NOTES:
1. HVAC DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATICAL IN NATURE AND REPRESENT EXISTING CONDITIONS BASED ON DRAWINGS AND
SITE OBSERVATIONS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL ACTUAL CONDITIONS INCLUDING
DUCTWORK AND PIPING LOCATIONS AND SIZES.
2. DUE TO THE DRAWINGS BEING DIAGRAMMATICAL IN NATURE, ALL RISERS AND DROPS ARE NOT SHOWN. THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THESE IN THE BID. WHERE POSSIBLE, ALL RISERS AND DROPS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED
USING 45 DEGREE OR LONG RADIUS ELBOWS.
3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NECESSARY DUCTWORK TRANSITIONS AND PIPING INCREASERS/REDUCERS AS REQUIRED FOR
EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. CONSULT MANUFACTURER'S DATA FOR ACTUAL DUCTWORK AND PIPING CONNECTIONS
SIZES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE SHOWN.
4. ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER NEW AND EXISTING DUCTS, PIPES, LIGHTS,
STRUCTURAL SYSTEM, EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND FRAMING BEFORE INSTALLATION. MINOR DUCT AND PIPE OFFSETS
AND MINOR DUCT TRANSITIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED. WHERE TRANSITIONS ARE REQUIRED, CROSS
SECTIONAL AREA OF DUCT SHALL NOT BE REDUCED. MEASUREMENTS FOR VERTICAL CLEARANCES OF DUCTWORK
SHALL BE TAKEN AT THE JOB SITE BEFORE FABRICATION OF ANY DUCTWORK.
5. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED INSTRUCTIONS.
6. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODES, APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF LATEST EDITION OF
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, LOCAL UTILITY REGULATIONS AND GOVERNMENTAL DEPARTMENTS HAVING
JURISDICTION.
7. SCHEDULE NEW CONSTRUCTION WORK WITH THE OWNER WELL IN ADVANCE. CONSTRUCTION WORK AND DEMOLITION
SHALL BE PERFORMED AT SUCH TIMES AND UNDER SUCH CONDITIONS AS SUITS THE OWNER.
8. ALL FINISHES AND SURFACES TO REMAIN WHICH ARE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION AND/OR CONSTRUCTION WORK
SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.
9. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF NEW AND EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND ROUTE OF DUCTWORK AND PIPING WITH EXISTING
CONDITIONS.
10. ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING FOR THE INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK IN EXISTING BUILDING SHALL BE DONE BY THE
CONTRACTOR.
11. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM ALL WORK NECESSARY TO PREPARE THE STRUCTURE
FOR THE INSTALLATION AND/OR DEMOLITION WORK OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. ALL HOLES, OPENINGS AND
DAMAGED MATERIALS OR SURFACES SHALL BE REPAIRED AND FINISHED TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS.
12. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SUPPORTS REQUIRED TO MOUNT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK.
13. WHERE PIPE CONNECTIONS ARE SHOWN CONNECTING TO EXISTING, CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE EXACT
LOCATIONS AND CONNECTION SIZES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
14. PIPE AND DUCT INSULATION THAT IS DAMAGED OR REMOVED FOR NEW WORK SHALL BE REPLACED, REPAIRED AND
SEALED AS REQUIRED.
15. PROVIDE MANUAL AIR VENTS AT THE HIGHEST POINT OF ALL WATER PIPING.
16. PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING FROM FAN COIL UNITS DRAIN PAN AND EXTEND TO LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE
DRAWINGS. PIPING SHALL INCLUDE A TRAP TO PREVENT SIPHONING BY THE SUPPLY AIR FAN.
17. PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN PRACTICAL ALIGNMENT WITH THE BUILDING AND SHALL BE ADEQUATELY SECURED TO
THE BUILDING STRUCTURE.
18. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS OF SUFFICIENT SIZE FOR ALL CONCEALED CONTROLS, DAMPERS OR ANY ITEMS REQUIRING
ACCESS.
19. INSTRUCT THE OWNER IN THE PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS UNTIL THE
OWNER IS FULLY PREPARED TO OPERATE AND MAINTAIN THE MECHANICAL SYSTEM.
20. SYSTEMS SHALL OPERATE UNDER CONDITIONS OF LOAD WITHOUT UNUSUAL OR EXCESSIVE NOISE OR VIBRATION.
UNUSUAL OR EXCESSIVE NOISE OR VIBRATION SHALL BE CORRECTED.
21. CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH ALL EXISTING HOLES AND PENETRATIONS IN EXISTING FIRE RATED WALLS AND BARRIERS
WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA.
22. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS LOCATED ABOVE THE CEILINGS SHALL BE PLENUM RATED.
GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES:
1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AS NECESSARY ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK, PIPING,
EQUIPMENT, AND APPURTENANCES THAT ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR THE EXISTING
SYSTEMS TO REMAIN. THIS IS ESPECIALLY APPLICABLE FOR THOSE FINISHED SPACES
DEVELOPED WITH EXPOSED STRUCTURE OVERHEAD. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE
TO REVIEW THE SCOPE OF THIS WORK AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO
PRICING.
2. ACTIVE SYSTEMS THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE SHALL BE ALTERED AND RELOCATED AS
NECESSARY FOR THE ROUTING OF NEW SYSTEMS. ANY EXISTING DUCTWORK, PIPING,
EQUIPMENT, AND APPURTENANCES THAT CONFLICT WITH NEW WORK SHALL BE
ADDRESSED ACCORDINGLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE TO REVIEW THE
SCOPE OF THIS WORK AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO PRICING.
3. MATERIALS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND
REMOVED FROM THE PREMISES UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE TO BE RETAINED BY THE
OWNER. PRIOR TO DEMOLITION, VERIFY WITH THE OWNER THOSE ITEMS TO BE
DISMANTLED WITH CARE AND SET ASIDE FOR OWNERS USE.
4. INSULATION ON EXISTING PIPING AND DUCTWORK THAT IS DAMAGED OR REMOVED DUE
TO THE DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE REPLACED AND SEALED AS REQUIRED.
5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING SYSTEMS TO REMAIN. SYSTEMS THAT ARE
DAMAGED OR INCORRECTLY REMOVED DUE TO THE DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE
REPAIRED OR REPLACED.
6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING BUILDING SURFACES TO REMAIN. PROTECT
EXISTING CEILING, FLOORS AND WALLS FROM ALL DEMOLITION WORK.
7. THE EXISTING HVAC SYSTEMS INDICATED ARE FROM CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DATED;
10-15-89, AND SEVERAL SITE VISITS. THE CONTRACTOR IS CAUTIONED THAT THE EXISTING
HVAC SYSTEM LAYOUTS ARE INDICATED AS ONLY AN APPROXIMATION OF EXISTING
CONDITIONS. NOT ALL EXISTING SYSTEMS ARE SHOWN AND SELECTIVE DEMOLITION IS
REQUIRED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ACTUAL SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS IN THE
FIELD AND SHALL COORDINATE ACCORDINGLY.
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULEPIPE SUPPORT DETAILNO SCALE
PIPE
VAPOR BARRIER
12" LONG, HALF-SECTION OF
HYDROUS CALCIUM SILICATE
AT EACH HANGER SUPPORT
HEAVY DUTY
CLEVIS HANGER
HANGER ROD, SUPPORT
FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE
INSULATION
16 GAGE ZINC COATED
SHEET STEEL SADDLE
AT LEASE 12" LONG
NOTE:
SADDLE AND HALF-SECTION OF HYDROUS CALCIUM SILICATE
SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE SAME TIME THAT THE PIPE AND
PIPE HANGERS ARE INSTALLED.
LATERAL BRANCHDUCT DETAILSCHEMATIC
L = 1/4W, 4" MIN.
L
DUCT SIZE AS
SHOWN ON PLAN
MANUAL
DAMPER
AIR
FLOWW
45°AIR FLOW
RETURN/EXHAUST CFM
REGISTER WIDTH
REGISTER HEIGHT
200/0808
CR
AIR DEVICE TYPE
NOTE: SIZING FOR GRILLES SIMILAR
DUCTSUPPLYRIGID
1" INSULATION
MD
METAL BAND CLAMP
WITH INSULATIONFLEXIBLE DUCT
ALL AROUNDSEAL AIR TIGHT
AIR
FLO
W
SPIN-IN FITTING DETAILNO SCALE
SEAL ALL AROUND
WITH DUCT MASTIC
REGISTER SIZINGNO SCALE
FAN COIL UNIT COILCONNECTION DETAILNO SCALE
DRAIN PAN
CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE
CS
MAV
COOLING COIL
CWR
CWS
TYPICAL DRAW
THROUGH
AC-UNIT
UNION (TYP.)
DRAIN TO EXTEND TO
NEAREST FLOOR DRAIN
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE
DRAIN TO BE FULL SIZE
OF UNIT CONNECTIONEQUAL TO FAN TOTAL STATIC
PRESSURE INCHES WATER
COLUMN (1" MINIMUM)
SLOPE DOWN
TRAP
COOLING COIL CONDENSATE DRAINNO SCALE
5 DIA'S 5 DIA'S
CS (GPM)
NOTE:
1. THERE SHALL BE UNINTERRUPTED STRAIGHT PIPE 5 DIAMETERS OF PIPE DOWNSTREAM
AND 5 DIAMETERS OF PIPE UPSTREAM FROM EACH CIRCUIT SETTER.
2. THE ENTIRE CIRCUIT SETTER SHALL BE INSULATED WITH REMOVABLE SECTIONS OF PIPE
INSULATION SIZED TO OVERLAP THE CONNECTED PIPE INSULATION. INSULATION SHALL
OVERLAP 3 INCHES. DUAL TEMPERATURE WATER SYSTEMS SHALL BE VAPOR SEALED.PIPE INSULATION
(WHERE REQUIRED)
WALL
GALVANIZED STEEL
PIPE SLEEVE
WALL
PIPE
1/4" SPACE BETWEEN
SLEEVE & INSULATION
WALL PIPE SLEEVE DETAILNO SCALE
CIRCUIT SETTER DETAILSCHEMATIC
SUPPLY CFM DIFFUSER NECK SIZEDIFFUSER FACE SIZE
110/0824
DIFFUSER SIZINGNO SCALE
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
1718-5
BLA
CK
SB
UR
G, V
IRG
INIA
WA
LLA
CE
HA
LL U
PF
IT F
OR
TH
E
GE
OG
RA
PH
Y D
EP
AR
TM
EN
T
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
COMMO
NWEALTH OF
V
IRGINIA
PRO
FESS IONAL E
NGIN
ERE
01/21/19
M1
HVAC LEGEND,
DETAILS AND
NOTES
JCW
RDF
1
ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191
PLAN NOTES:1. RELOCATED DIFFUSER. PROVIDE NEW FLEX DUCT AS REQUIRED TO MAKE
CONNECTION.
2. RELOCATED RETURN GRILLE. PROVIDE NEW RECTANGULAR DUCT AS REQUIRED TO
MAKE CONNECTION. NEW DUCT SHALL MATCH EXISTING RETURN DUCT SIZE.
3. PROVIDE NEW PNEUMATIC THERMOSTAT AND PNEUMATIC TUBING AS REQUIRED TO
MAKE CONNECTION (FC1-45).
4. PROVIDE NEW 24" X 24" LAY-IN FILTER GRILLE, 22" X 22" NECK.
5. RELOCATED PNEUMATIC THERMOSTAT. PROVIDE NEW PNEUMATIC TUBING AS
REQUIRED TO MAKE CONNECTION.
6. NEW FAN COIL UNIT.
7. RELOCATED TRANSFER WITH TWO RETURN GRILLES. MODIFY FLEX DUCT AS
REQUIRED.
8. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING FAN COIL UNIT. IF LOCATION CONFLICTS
WITH NEW FULL-HEIGHT WALL, FRAME AROUND UNIT & DUCT.
9. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING CONDENSATE PIPE AND COORDINATE WITH
ARCHITECTURAL PLANS TO ENSURE PIPE IS IN NEW ENCLOSURE.
10. CONNECT TO EXISTING CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE.
11. BALANCE NEW OUTSIDE AIR AMOUNT TO 20 CFM.
12. RELOCATED DUCT, DAMPER, DIFFUSERS. SEE DEMO PLAN NOTE 5.
13. REBALANCE EXISTING DIFFUSER TO 50 CFM.
14. REBALANCE EXISTING DIFFUSER TO 230 CFM.
15. PROVIDE NEW 24" X 24" LAY-IN FILTER GRILLE, 22" X 22" NECK. SUPPORT GRILLE
FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE.
16. PROVIDE NEW 12"x12" DOUBLE DEFLECTION WALL GRILLE. FACE BLADES TOWARDS
TRANSFORMER.
SHEET NOTES:1. ALL DIFFUSERS AND RETURN GRILLES WITHIN SCOPE AREA ARE RELOCATED
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2. BALANCE NEW DIFFUSERS TO AIRFLOW INDICATED.
FC
2-51
FC
2-50
FC
2-48
FC
2-47
FC2-46
FC2-58
FC2-62
FC2-61
FC2-59
FC2-11
FC2-10FC2-12 FC2-13
FC2-17
FC2-19
FC2-15
FC
2-22
FC2-16
FC2-21
FC2-20
FC2-18
5
1(TYP.)
4
2 (TYP.)
5
7
8
FC2-54
FC2-23
FC
2-55
FC
2-53
FC2-22B
160/0624
NO NEW WORK TO BE
COMPLETED IN THE
HATCHED AREA
30x10
30x8
8x4
12x8
20x10
8x4
24x8
8x6
8x8
20x10
48x10
14x10 8x10
5x88x8
24x624x6
8x4
18x8
6x5
24x6
8x4
6x8
14x8
8x5
24x6
26x8
28x6
18x8 14x8 12x8 8x8
6x5
18x8
20x6
6x4
24x6
6x8
14x8
24x624x6
18x87x8
8x6
24x8
20x10
7x10
8x4
18x8
8x4 8x4
24x8
14x810x8 6x8
24x8
18x8
24x6
24x8
24x8 24x8
5
18x10
5
FC2-14
14x8
6x8
9
4
26x8 22x6
6x4
11
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1 (TYP.)
2
1
2
1
1(TYP)
24x6
2(TYP)
2
2
1(TYP)
1
2
1
212
1 (TYP.)1
2
1
2
2
1
OFFICE
201
OFFICE/LAB
200
OFFICE
202
OFFICE
204
OFFICE
207
OFFICE
205
OFFICE
203
OFFICE
260A
OFFICE
260B
OFFICE
260C
OFFICE
260D
OFFICE
209
OFFICE
211
OFFICE
213
OFFICE
217
OFFICE
219
OFFICE
232A
OFFICE
238B
OFFICE
239
OFFICE
235
OFFICE
260E
MEETING
260F
CLOSET
260G
CORRIDOR
B21
CORRIDOR
CR-2C
CORRIDOR
CR-2B
CLASSROOM
234
STORAGE/WORK
238A
ADMIN
238
PHYS GEOGLAB
232
MEETING
238C
BREAK
241
OFFICE
243
GRADSTUDENTS
237
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
215
RECEP
260
ELEC
262
STORAGE
237A
1
2
(TYP.)
(TYP.)
6
FC2-56
FC2-57
30x10
8x4
30x10
30x8
8x8
TT
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T T
T
T
T
T
T
TT
T
T
T
5
FC2-63 20x10
8x4
24x8T
CORRIDOR
CR-2C
CLOSET
238D
615
22x6
FC2-58B16
12x12
30x14
FC
1-44 30x8
24x8
FC
1-45
20x10
8x6
6x6
FC1-43
FC1-42
6x5 7x10
12x10
12x10
84x24 LOUVER
84x16 DUCT RISER
UP FROM TRENCH
THRU M.E. ROOM WALL
24x24 TRENCH BELOW FLOOR
5x10
24x8
6x6
30x8
8x8
10x8
44x10
38x10
44x10 UP
30x10
FC1-41
20x10
24x88x5
3
1
2(TYP)
5
NO NEW WORK TO BE
COMPLETED IN THE
HATCHED AREA
13
(TYP)
170/0624
(50 cfm)
(230 cfm)
COMPUTER
101
STORAGE
101A
A49
A44
A45
A46
A47
107
105
103
100
102
1
141
T
T
T
T
T
3/4"
3/4"
1" D DN
3/4"
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"3/4"
CHRCHS
HWSHWR
1"
CO
FC
2-22
FC2-16
FC2-20
FC2-21
CHRCHS
HWRHWS
FC2-22B D
D
1 1/4" D DN INTO
CMU WALL
TO FC2-14D
10
(FC2-22B)
OFFICE
239
CORRIDOR
CR-2B
BREAK
241
OFFICE
243
GRADSTUDENTS
237
STORAGE
237A
T
FC2-54
OFFICE
202
OFFICE
204
OFFICE
260A
OFFICE
260B
OFFICE
260C
CLOSE
260G
RECEP
260
ELEC
262
CORRIDOR
CR-2C
1"4"
3/4"4"
2"
RS
CHRCHS
HRHS
3/4"
FC2-58
FC2-61
FC2-6
CH
RC
HS
HR
HS
D
CO
COD
1" CD. UP, 1 1/2" DN.
1 1/4"
3/4"
3/4"1"
3/4"
1"
4"
CH
RC
HS
1"
3/4"D
3/4"
6
D10
FC2-58B
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
1718-5
BLA
CK
SB
UR
G, V
IRG
INIA
WA
LLA
CE
HA
LL U
PF
IT F
OR
TH
E
GE
OG
RA
PH
Y D
EP
AR
TM
EN
T
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
GRAPHIC SCALE:
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
COMMO
NWEALTH OF
V
IRGINIA
PRO
FESS IONAL E
NGIN
ERE
01/21/ 19
M2
PARTIAL NEW
WORK FLOOR
PLANS - HVAC
JCW
RDF
PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN - NEW WORK - HVACSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - NEW WORK - HVACSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PIPING PLANOFFICE 219SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
1
ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191
PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PIPING PLANELEC 262SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
1
1
1
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
1718-5
BLA
CK
SB
UR
G, V
IRG
INIA
WA
LLA
CE
HA
LL U
PF
IT F
OR
TH
E
GE
OG
RA
PH
Y D
EP
AR
TM
EN
T
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
COMMO
NWEALTH OF
V
IRGINIA
PRO
FESS IONAL E
NGIN
ERE
01/21/ 19
M3
HVAC
SPECIFICATIONS
JCW
RDF
1. SCOPE OF THE WORK: Work shall include complete HVAC systems. Provide supervision, labor, material, equipment,
machinery, plant and items necessary for complete systems tested and ready for operation.
2. REGULATIONS: Materials and installation shall comply with local codes, applicable provisions of latest edition of National Fire
Protection Association, local utility regulations and governmental departments having jurisdiction.
3. DRAWINGS: These drawings are diagrammatic and indicate general arrangement of systems and work included. Where
variances occur include the items of better quality, greater quantity or higher cost.
4. COORDINATION OF WORK: The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination and proper relation of his work to the
building structure and to the work of other trades. Contractor shall provide dimensions and locations of all openings, shafts and
similar items to the proper trades and shall install work as required so as not to delay the building construction. The Contractor is
responsible for damage caused by his work or workmen. Repairing of damaged work shall be done by the Contractor at no
additional cost.
5. VISITING THE SITE: Each Contractor shall be responsible for visiting the site before pricing the job to familiarize himself with all
existing conditions to be met in the execution of the work under this contract. No additional compensation will be allowed relating
to site conditions.
6. INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES: Interruptions of service to existing systems shall be coordinated with the Owner as to time and
duration. The Contractor shall be responsible for any interruptions to service and shall repair any damages to existing systems
caused by his operations.
7. SHOP DRAWINGS: Shop Drawings are required for all material and equipment that is specified by a manufacturer's name or as
indicated in these specifications. Furnish electronic pdfs as reviewed by the Contractor and Subcontractor. Submittal data for
related equipment shall be submitted at one time. Individual submittals will be allowed for equipment which impacts the
construction phasing. Identify submittals with PROJECT NAME and NUMBER, CONTRACTOR'S NAME, MANUFACTURER,
MODEL or STYLE, and CONTRACTOR's REVIEW STAMP. Submittals shall be detailed, dimensioned drawings showing
construction, size and arrangement, service clearances, performance characteristics, and capacity. Submittals not properly
identified or containing information of a general nature will not be reviewed and will be returned unchecked.
8. WORK IN OCCUPIED AREAS: Work in occupied areas shall be coordinated with the Occupant and Owner as to time and
duration. The Contractor shall protect the occupied area and shall be responsible for cleaning and repairing any damages caused
by his work. Safety of building occupants shall be assured at all times. Tools, material, dirt and debris shall be removed from
occupied areas whenever work areas are left unattended.
9. ACCESSIBILITY: Locate equipment which must be serviced or maintained in fully accessible positions where possible.
Otherwise, furnish access panels of sufficient size and located so that the concealed equipment can be serviced.
10. ROUGH-IN: Rough-in openings shall align vertically and horizontally with building structure. Wall-mounted sensors shall be
mounted 4'-6" above finished floor to bottom of sensor.
11. SLEEVES: Locate sleeves during normal course of work. Provide sleeves for piping passing through concrete floor slabs and
concrete, masonry, tile and gypsum wall construction. Where sleeves are located through fire-rated walls or floors, the sleeve
assemblies shall maintain the fire rating of the wall or floor. Sleeves shall be constructed of 20 gauge galvanized steel with lock
seam joints for all sleeves set in concrete floor slabs. All other sleeves shall be constructed of galvanized steel pipe. Sleeves
through concrete floors shall extend 8 inches above the floor and pipe/sleeve opening shall be sealed watertight.
12. CUTTING AND PATCHING: The Contractor shall provide all cutting and patching necessary to install his work. Patching shall
match adjacent surfaces. No structural members shall be cut without the approval of the Architect.
13. CLEANING: Equipment and piping shall be cleaned to remove foreign materials. Provide temporary filters for fan coil units that
are operated during construction. Plug or cap openings in equipment, ductwork, piping and materials until connection is made to
the system. Remove from the premises all unused material and debris resulting from the performance of HVAC work.
14. WIRING: Starters that are specified to be furnished as an integral part of the mechanical equipment shall be complete with
properly sized overload heaters. Temperature control wiring, equipment control wiring and control interlock wiring for mechanical
equipment shall be furnished by the Mechanical Contractor. Control wiring shall not include any wiring which carries motor
current. All wiring shall be in metal conduit and shall comply with the Electrical specifications.
15. QUIET OPERATION: Systems shall operate under conditions of load without unusual or excessive noise or vibration. Unusual
or excessive noise or vibration shall be corrected.
16. TESTING AND BALANCING: HVAC Contractor shall test all HVAC equipment to assure that the proper sequence of control is
established and operating in a safe manner. The Contractor shall provide the services of a firm certified by the Associated Air
Balancing Council or the National Environment Balancing Bureau to adjust and balance the HVAC systems. The air quantities for
equipment, diffusers and registers shall be balanced for the CFM as indicated on the drawing. The water quantities for coils and
equipment shall be balanced for the GPM as indicated on the drawings.
17. INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER: Instruct the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of the mechanical systems until the
Owner is fully prepared to operate and maintain the systems. However, length of instruction time shall be limited to one (1) full
day.
18. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE: Provide the Owner with two (2) bound sets of Operating and Maintenance Instructions for all
HVAC equipment and controls.
19. GUARANTEE: Equipment, materials and labor required by these contract drawings shall be guaranteed to be free from defective
materials or workmanship for one (1) year after final acceptance of the project unless specified for a longer period in other
portions of the specifications. Defective materials or workmanship occurring during this period shall be corrected at no additional
cost.
20. PAINTING: General - Paint mechanical equipment and materials (where not concealed). Painting (in concealed spaces) shall be
limited to equipment and materials not otherwise protected from rusting such as hangers and supports. Paint shall be products of
Sherwin-Williams, Pittsburgh, Pratt-Lambert or equal. Surface preparation, priming and paint application shall be in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions. Galvanized surfaces shall be pretreated with a phosphoric acid cleaning solution and
primed. After preparation each item shall be painted, except color of paint for equipment and material where not concealed shall
be as selected by the Architect. Items not concealed in rooms shall be painted of the same color to match adjacent walls or
ceilings. Painting is not required of items with a factory-finish coat. Patch painting is required of any damaged areas to match
factory-finish coat. Nameplates on equipment shall not be painted.
21. IDENTIFICATION OF PIPES AND EQUIPMENT : Each major piece of equipment, such as fan coil units and piping shall be
identified by marking that will read the same as the identification shown on the drawings. Stencil letters shall be 2 inches high
upper case painted with white enamel on equipment and black enamel on piping and conduit. Identification shall be painted on
each pipe or conduit where exposed or accessible and shall be placed every 15 feet along the pipe or conduit.
22. AIR DEVICES
A. Diffusers and grilles shall be Price or equal. Ceiling devices shall have white baked enamel finish. All other devices shall
have prime finish.
B. Diffusers: Square ceiling diffusers shall be Model ASCDA full louver face sized for direct lay-in mount for inverted T-bar
ceiling without panel extensions. Provide opposed blade manual damper, equalizing deflectors and square to round neck
adaptor. Construction shall be steel with mitered blade joints. Square ceiling diffusers for hard surface ceilings shall be
surface mount type of similar style, series, construction and appearance as lay-in units.
C. Grilles shall be Model 535 or 535D steel construction with 45 degree deflecting vanes on 1/2" centers and shall have free
area not less than 75%. Wall-mounted units shall be provided with horizontal face blades.
D. Ceiling Grilles shall be Model 630FF T-bar lay-in, louvered face filter return. Aluminum 3/4" blade spacing, 45° deflection,
and 1/4 turn quick release fasteners for maintaining filter.
23. DUCTWORK
A. General: Ductwork shall be zinc-coated sheet steel or aluminum, constructed and installed as recommended by the latest
edition of SMACNA for 2 inches wg static pressure rating.
B. The interior surfaces of all supply air and return air ducts shall be coated with anti-microbial paint or coating.
C. Duct clearance shall be established at the job site before any ducts are fabricated. The Contractor will not be allowed any
extra costs for ducts fabricated and then found not to fit.
D. Manual volume control dampers shall have accessible operating mechanism. Blade height shall not exceed 8 inches.
E. Turning vanes shall be provided in all square elbows and duct-mounted supply outlets.
F. Hinged access doors shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 90A at all automatic dampers, fire dampers, heaters,
thermostats, on each side of air handling unit and other apparatus requiring service and inspection in the duct system.
Access doors shall be 15" x 18" or as large as practical.
G. Provide flexible duct connections to fan coil units.
H. Duct supports shall consist of not less than 1" x 16-gauge galvanized strap iron hangers spaced not over 4'-0" on center.
I. Flexible duct runouts shall be flexible metal or metal and neoprene-coated canvas hose insulated with 1" thick fiberglass
with vinyl vapor barrier. All round duct take-offs shall be made with spin-in fittings with balancing damper. The duct
diameter shall match the air diffuser size unless otherwise indicated.
J. Fire Dampers:
(1) General: Fire dampers shall be dynamic type. Dampers shall meet local codes and the standards of the National Fire
Protection Association contained in Bulletin 90A. Dampers in ductwork shall be sized so that the free air space is not
less than the connected duct free air space. Location shall be as shown on drawings or as required by local code.
Dampers shall possess a 2-hour fire protection rating in accordance with NFPA No. 555.
(2) Material: The frame shall be constructed so as to be unaffected by corrosion or high heat. Mechanical parts shall
have bronze non-corrosive pins. Dampers shall feature closure spring operation suitable for closure against the
installed system air stream. When closed, the dampers shall be held closed by a catch arrangement. Blades
installed in regular ductwork will not be accepted.
(3) Fuse Links: Fire curtains shall be arranged to close automatically and remain tightly closed upon the operation of an
approved fusible link or other approved heat-actuated device, located where readily affected by an abnormal rise of
temperature in the duct. Fusible links shall have a temperature rating approximately 50° F above the maximum
temperature that would normally be encountered when the system is in operation or shut down.
(4) Access doors shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 90A. Suitable openings shall be provided to make fire
dampers accessible for inspection and maintenance.
24. PIPING
A. Chilled water lines: Pipe 2" and smaller shall be all Type 'L' hard drawn copper tubing or all ASTM A53 Schedule 40
standard weight black steel. Pipe over 2" shall be ASTM A53 Schedule 40 standard weight black steel. All fittings shall be
suitable for 125 psi water service.
B. Cooling coil condensate drain lines shall be ASTM B88, Type 'L' hard drawn copper tubing. Provide water seal from each
fan coil unit of sufficient depth to prevent blow out or siphoning of water.
C. Service Valves: Up to and including 2" shall be all brass, rising stem, solid wedge disc gate valves. Valves over 2" for
water service shall be iron body butterfly disc type with EPT Nordel seats. Valves over 2" for steam service shall be
butterfly type with carbon steel body and disc and teflon seal ring.
D. Globe valves shall be all brass with brass disc, except globe valves over 2" size may be butterfly type.
E. Check valves shall be brass or iron body, swing type, regrinding seat.
F. Strainers shall be Y type with bronze basket suitable for 125 psi service.
G. Manual air vents shall be chromium-plated brass 1/8" NPT coin-operated type.
H. Thermometers shall be Weiss 9" Vari-Angle Mercury type with separate socket.
I. Water Flow Measuring Devices: Circuit setters shall be Bell and Gossett brass balance valve with provisions for connecting
a portable differential pressure meter. Meter connections shall have built_in check valves. An integral pointer shall register
degree of valve opening. Each balance valve shall be constructed for 125 lbs. working pressure at 250 Deg. F. Furnish
one differential meter Model RO-5 complete with meter, cutoffs, piping, fittings and hose. The valve pressure drop and the
setting shall determine the actual system flow rate. The valve shall be adjustable with positive shut-off.
J. Pipe Supports: Suspended horizontal piping shall be supported by adjustable wrought steel clevis hangers. All supports
shall be attached to the building structure spaced 10'-0" on center. Hanger rods shall be 3/8" diameter size for pipes up
through 2" and 1/2" diameter size for 2-1/2" through 3". Pipe hanger rods shall be attached to the top chord only on steel
joists and beams with clamps. Piping shall be installed in practical alignment with the building.
K. Anchors for pipe shall be provided as required at the job site to localize expansion and contraction of pipe.
L. Installation: All piping shall be installed with sufficient pitch to insure adequate drainage and venting. All high points in
water lines shall be provided with manual-air vents, all low points with drains. Condensate drain lines shall slope 1/8" per
foot in direction of flow.
M. Dielectric fittings such as couplings, unions or flanges shall be installed to isolate pipes of non-ferrous metal where
connection is made to ferrous metal.
25. THERMAL COVERING
A. Insulation shall be Johns Manville, Owens Corning, Armstrong or equal. Insulation shall not be applied until after the
equipment, pipes or ducts to be insulated have proven satisfactory under tests. All materials used shall have composite
flame-spread rating not exceeding 25 and a smoke-developed rating not exceeding 50.
B. Piping: Insulation shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Fiberglass pipe insulation shall have a white kraft bonded to aluminum foil, reinforced with fiberglass yarn jacket and shall
be vapor sealed. Elastomeric insulation shall be constructed of a closed cell structure to effectively retard the flow of
moisture vapor and serve as a vapor barrier. Insulation thickness and type for various piping systems shall be as indicated
in the following table (Pipe Size/Insulation Thickness).
PIPE SIZE/INSULATION THICKNESS (1)
System Temp. Less 1" to 1-1/2" Ins.
Range than 1 1/4" to 4" Type
(Deg. F) 1" (2)
Chilled
Water 40-55 1.0 1.0 1.0 A
Condensate
Drain 45-75 0.5 0.5 1.0 A,B
Notes:
(1) Minimum fiberglass insulation thickness shall be increased for materials having thermal resistance (R) values less
than four (4.0) per inch of thickness. Minimum elastomeric insulation thickness shall be increased for material having
thermal resistance (R) values less than 3.7 per inch thickness.
(2) A - Fiberglass type insulation; B - Elastomeric type insulation.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Fiberglass pipe insulation fittings shall be covered with premolded PVC fitting covers. Jackets on fiberglass pipe insulation
below 80 Deg. F. shall be vapor sealed using self-sealing lap, lap seal gun or adhesive. All insulation joints, laps, voids,
punctures and end tapers shall be sealed with 1/32" thickness of vapor adhesive. A 12" long, 1/2 section of hydrous
calcium silicate or foamglas insulation shall be used between hangers and piping. All piping shall have load-distributing
galvanized 16 gauge metal shields installed around the lower half of the insulation.
E. Elastomeric pipe insulation seams, voids and butt joints shall be sealed with a vapor barrier adhesive or taped with 1-1/2
inch wide 3M #471 tape. Flexible elastomeric insulation exposed to weather shall be covered with two coats of Armstrong
Armaflex Finish (vinyl lacquer).
F. Ductwork: All supply air ducts shall be externally insulated. Insulation where ducts are not concealed shall be rigid duct
insulation meeting ASTM C 612. All other insulation shall be flexible duct insulation meeting ASTM C 533. Insulation shall
have a factory-applied facing of foil-scrim-kraft paper jacket reinforced with fiberglass yarn mesh. Insulation shall be
secured to rectangular ducts by impaling over metal stick clips spaced 12" center each way. Round duct insulation shall be
secured with No. 18 gauge copperweld wire spaced not over 18" on center. Where insulation joints occur, facing tabs shall
be lapped not less than 2"; all joints, voids and punctures in facing shall be effectively vapor sealed with Foster Vapor-Safe
or Vapor-Fas adhesive. Insulation for all supply air and outdoor air ductwork shall be 1-1/2" thick and shall have a minimum
total thermal resistance (R) of 5.6 at a mean temperature of 75 Deg. F.
26. CONCEALED DUCTED HORIZONTAL FAN COIL UNITS
A. General: Fan coil units shall be Trane or equal recirculating type complete with casing, coil assembly, drain pan, extended
drain pan, air filters, fans, motor, fan drive, unit-mounted low voltage 3-speed (High-Medium-Low) fan switch, control
interface, deluxe piping and valve package, unit mounted non-fused disconnect switch, and 24V secondary control
transformer. Each unit shall be fastened securely to the building structure. Power wiring connection shall be single point.
Units shall be U.L. Listed. Provide units where indicated on the drawings. Size and performance shall be as indicated on
the drawings. All interior surfaces of the fan coil units (excluding coils, fins, and fan wheels) shall be coated with
anti-microbial paint or be constructed with metal treated with AgION anti-microbial compound.
B. Performance Data: Unit capacities shall be certified under Industry Room Fan-Coil Air Conditioner Certification Program in
accordance with ARI Standard 440-97. All units shall be U.L. Listed in the United States and Canada and comply with
NFPA 90A requirements.
C. Construction:
(1) Units shall include a chassis, coil(s), fan wheel(s), fan casing(s), fan board and motor(s). Units shall include a
non-corrosive, main drain pan, positively sloped in every plane and insulated with closed-cell insulation. All units shall
include a thermoplastic auxiliary drain pan. Steel parts exposed to moisture shall be galvanized. The fan board
assembly and both drain pans shall be easily removable. The fan board assembly shall include a quick-disconnect
motor plug. The chassis construction shall be 18-gage galvanized steel. The unit shall be acoustically and thermally
insulated with closed-cell insulation. All panels shall be made rigid by channel forming.
(2) Provide a supply duct collar and a return duct collar. All metal surfaces shall be galvanized. Unit shall be suspended
from the structure with threaded rods with rubber-in-shear vibration isolators.
D. Fans: The galvanized steel fan wheels shall be centrifugal forward-curved and double-width. Fan wheels and housings
shall be corrosion resistant. Fan housing construction shall be formed sheet metal. Fans shall be dynamically and
statically balanced at the factory.
E. Motors: All motors shall be high static ECM type. All motors shall be run tested in assembled units. All motors shall have
integral thermal overload protection with a maximum ambient operating temperature of 104° F and shall be permanently
lubricated. Motors shall be operated at three speeds (High-Medium-Low) with unit-mounted 3-speed switches.
F. Coils: Chilled water coils shall be burst tested at 450 psig (air) and leak tested at 100 psig (air under water). Maximum
main coil working pressure shall be 300 psig. Maximum entering water temperature shall be 200° F. Tubes and u-bends
shall be 3/8" OD copper. Fins shall be aluminum and shall be mechanically bonded to the copper tubes. Coil stubouts shall
be 1/2" OD copper tubing. Provide a manual air vent at the top of each coil.
G. Drain pans and auxiliary drain pans shall be sized and located properly to collect all water condensed on and dripping from
any item outside the unit since the units are mounted above ceilings. Drain pans shall be constructed with dual slope,
insulated outside to prevent condensation, and removable. Not less than 1/2" NPT connection shall be provided in drain
pans. Provide drain pan condensate overflow switches which upon detection of high condensate water level shall
de-energize the unit and alarm the BAS.
H. Piping and Packages: All piping and packages shall be burst tested at 450 psig (air) and leak tested at 100 psig (air under
water). The maximum working pressure of the interconnecting piping shall be 300 psig. Piping packages shall be deluxe
configurations. The deluxe package shall include unions at the coil connections and a 20 mesh strainer on the supply side
with a pressure rating on the strainer of up to 400 psig. The piping valve packages shall be designed so that any
condensation is directed into the auxiliary drain pan. Insulation of piping valve packages shall not be required. A ball valve
shall be provided on the supply runout with a balancing valve and ball valve on the return runout. The maximum working
pressure of the valves shall be 300 psig.
I. Two-Way Two-Position Control Valves for the chilled water coils shall be provided by the BAS contractor and factory
installed by the fan-coil manufacturer. Fan coil manufacturer shall coordinate with BAS contractor to assure that all required
controllers, transformers, or other control devices are provided for unit operation.
J. Filters: Filters shall be easily removable. Filters shall be one inch throwaway type.
27. CENTRIFUGAL CEILING FANS
A. Type - Greenheck Model as indicated on drawings or equal by Penn or Cook, centrifugal direct drive, forward inclined
blades.
B. Construction: The fan housing shall be constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel. The housing interior shall be lined with
1/2" thick acoustical insulation. The discharge duct connection, including backdraft damper, shall be adaptable to horizontal
or vertical positions. The access for wiring shall be external. The motor disconnect shall be internal and of the plug in type.
The motor shall be mounted on vibration isolators. The fan shall have a forward curved centrifugal wheel. All fans shall be
licensed to bear the AMCA seal for air and sound performance.
28. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM
A. General - The system shall be an extension of and shall communicate seamlessly with the existing Siemens Building
Automation Control System (BAS). Direct Digital Control (DDC) technology shall be used to provide the functions necessary
for control as described in the Sequences of Control. Temperature Control Contractor shall be responsible for achieving the
"Sequences of Control". The system shall be installed by competent, trained mechanics. Provide all equipment and
materials as required to accomplish the Sequences of Control.
B. Application specific controllers shall be microprocessor-based DDC controllers, which through hardware or firmware design
are dedicated to control a specific piece of equipment. They shall be customized for operation within the confines of the
equipment they are designed to serve. Each shall be capable of stand-alone operation and shall continue to provide control
functions without being connected to the network and unit shall contain sufficient I/O capacity to control the target system.
C. Input/Output Interface:
(1) Hard-wired inputs and outputs may tie into the system through Building, Custom, or Application Specific Controllers.
(2) All input points and output points shall be protected such that shorting of the point to itself, another point, or ground
will cause no damage to the controller. All input and output points shall be protected from voltage up to 24V of any
duration, such that contact with this voltage will cause no damage to the controller.
(3) Binary inputs shall allow the monitoring of on/off signals from remote devices. The binary inputs shall provide a
wetting current of at least 12 mA to be compatible with commonly available control devices.
(4) Pulse accumulation input points. This type of point shall conform to all the requirements of Binary Input points, and
also accept up to 3 pulses per second for pulse accumulation, and shall be protected against effects of contact
bounce and noise.
(5) Analog inputs shall allow the monitoring of low voltage (0-10 Vdc), current (4-20 mA), or resistance signals
(thermistor, RTD). Analog inputs shall be compatible with, and field configurable to commonly available sensing
devices.
(6) Binary outputs shall provide for on/off operation. Terminal unit and zone control applications may use 2 outputs for
drive-open, drive-close (tri-state) modulating control. Binary outputs on custom application controllers shall have
3-mode (on/off/auto) program override control from the panel with output status lights.
(7) Analog outputs shall provide a modulating signal for the control of end devices. Outputs shall provide either a 0-10
Vdc or a 4-20 mA signal as required to provide proper control of the output device. Analog outputs on custom
application controllers shall have a 2-mode (auto/manual) program override control, with manual output adjustment
over 0-100% of range.
D. Auxiliary Control Devices:
(1) Electric valve actuators.
a. The actuator shall have electronic overload or digital rotation sensing circuitry to prevent damage to the actuator
throughout the rotation of the actuator.
b. Proportional actuators shall accept a 0-10 VDC or 0-20 mA control signal and provide a 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA
operating range.
c. Actuators shall be Underwriters Laboratories Standard 873 listed.
(1) Control Valves:
a. Control valves shall be two-way type for two-position service.
b. Close-off (differential) Pressure Rating: Valve actuator and trim shall be furnished to provide the following
minimum close-off pressure ratings: Water Valves --150% of total system (pump) head.
c. Water Valves:
(1) Body and trim style and materials shall be manufacturer's recommendations for design conditions and
service shown, with equal percentage ports for modulating service
(2) Sizing Criteria:
(a) Two-way two-position service: Pressure drop shall not exceed 1 psi.
(b) Valves 1/2" through 2" shall be bronze body or cast brass ANSI Class 250, spring loaded,
Teflon packing, quick opening for two-position services. Two way valves to have replaceable
composition disc, or stainless steel ball.
(3) Water valves shall fail normally open.
E. Temperature Sensors:
(1) Temperature sensors shall be Resistance Temperature Device (RTD) or Thermistor.
(2) Duct sensors shall be rigid or averaging as shown. Averaging sensors shall be a minimum of 1.5m [5 feet] in length.
(3) Immersion sensors shall be provided with a separable stainless steel well. Pressure rating of well is to be consistent
with the system pressure in which it is to be installed.
(4) Space sensors shall be equipped with set-point adjustment of 3°F (adjustable through the BAS).
(5) Provide matched temperature sensors for differential temperature measurement. Differential accuracy shall be within
0.1 C [0.2 F].
F. Transformers and Power Supplies:
(1) Control transformers shall be UL listed, Class 2 current-limiting type, or shall be furnished with over-current protection
in both primary and secondary circuits for Class 2 service.
(2) Unit output shall match the required output current and voltage requirements. Current output shall allow for a 50%
safety factor. Output ripple shall be 3.0 mV maximum Peak-to-Peak. Regulation shall be 0.10% line and load
combined, with 50 microsecond response time for 50% load changes. Unit shall have built-in over-voltage protection.
(3) Unit shall operate between 0° C and 50° C.
(4) Unit shall be UL recognized.
G. Current Switches: Current-operated switches shall be self-powered, solid state with adjustable trip current. The switches
shall be selected to match the current of the application and output requirements of the DDC system.
H. Sequences of Control:
(1) New Fan Coil Unit:
a. General: Each new fan coil unit shall be controlled and monitored as directed by the BAS. Unit controllers shall
be furnished and installed by the BAS Contractor.
b. Each fan coil unit shall consist of:
(1) Chilled water coil with a two-way two-position control valve (furnished and installed by the BAS
Contractor).
(2) Unit mounted supply air fan switch (3-speed).
c. The BAS shall perform the following fan coil control strategies and provide the specified monitoring and
diagnostics.
(1) Fan Operation: The supply air fan shall run continuously during the occupied mode of operation. A
unit-mounted 3-speed switch (High-Medium-Low) shall allow adjustment of airflow.
(2) Cooling Setpoint and Mode: Fan coil unit shall be controlled by a temperature sensor located in the
space through the BAS. The temperature sensor located in the space shall have an adjustment for
occupant comfort which shall change the setpoint by 3° F (adjustable through BAS
only).
(3) The chilled water coil 2-way control valve shall be opened/closed to maintain the space setpoint
temperature.
(4) Unoccupied Operation: In the Unoccupied Mode, the cooling operation shall be the same as Occupied
Mode, except that the supply air fan shall cycle on/off as needed to maintain setpoint within the space
and the adjustable setpoints shall be adjusted higher or lower as directed by the Owner.
(5) A condensate overflow switch shall shut off the fan coil unit fan and alarm the BAS if the high
condensate level trips the switch.
(1) New Exhaust Fan:
(2) Exhaust fan shall be controlled by a single-state cooling thermostat. Upon a call for cooling the fan shall energize.
Thermostat setpoint shall be 90 Deg F (adjustable, confirm with Owner).
SPECIFICATIONS FOR HVAC WORK
SPRINKLER SYSTEM NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS:
1. THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN THE RENOVATED AREAS SHALL BE MODIFIED AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE FULL
SPRINKLER COVERAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13-2013 AND THE 2015 VIRGINIA CONSTRUCTION CODE.
2. INSTALLATION SHALL BE ACC0MPLISHED BY A CONTRACTOR WHO IS DULY LICENSED AND ACCREDITED IN THE
INSTALLATION OF AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT FOR THE PAST THREE YEARS.
3. EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE REMOVED. NEW SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE RECESSED PENDENT IN FINISHED
CEILINGS, AND UPRIGHT IN SPACES OPEN TO STRUCTURE.
4. PIPING SHALL BE FERROUS PIPING (WELDED AND SEAMLESS), ASTM A795, ASTM A53 OR ASTM A153 IN ACCORDANCE WITH
NFPA 13.
5. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATIONS OF ALL SPRINKLERS AND SPRINKLER PIPING WITH OTHER PIPES,
DUCTS, LIGHTS, EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS, CEILING SUPPORTS, AND FRAMING BEFORE
INSTALLATION. SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WHERE ITS LOCATION INHIBITS EQUIPMENT FILTER AND
MAINTENANCE ACCESS OR INFRINGES UPON CLEARANCE DICTATED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. ALL SPRINKLERS
TO BE CENTERED IN CEILING TILES - "CENTER OF TILE."
6. THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN CORRIDORS, OFFICES, AND SIMILAR SPACES SHALL BE LIGHT HAZARD DESIGNED TO PROVIDE
0.10 GPM/SQ. FT. OVER 1500 SQ. FT. PLUS A 100 GPM HOSE ALLOWANCE. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE WET USING 155 DEG. F.
SPRINKLER HEADS AND COVER NO MORE THAN 225 SQ. FT. PER HEAD.
7. THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN STORAGE ROOMS, LABORATORIES, AND SIMILAR SPACES SHALL BE ORDINARY HAZARD
GROUP 2 DESIGNED TO PROVIDE 0.15 GPM/SQ. FT. OVER 1500 SQ. FT. PLUS A 250 GPM HOSE ALLOWANCE. THE SYSTEM
SHALL BE WET USING 155 DEG. F. SPRINKLER HEADS AND COVER NO MORE THAN 130 SQ. FT. PER HEAD.
8. PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE PIPES PENETRATE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES.
9. THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM SERVING AREAS NOT BEING RENOVATED MUST BE MAINTAINED DURING
CONSTRUCTION.
10. CAREFULLY COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF SPRINKLERS WITH SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES. MAINTAIN
OBSTRUCTION DISTANCES AND SPACING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS LISTINGS AND NFPA
REQUIREMENTS.
UP
CR-2A
CR-2C
B24
B23
B22
B25
B26
B15
B5
B29B28
B2
B3
DN
229
231
229C229B229A
233
221
223
225
227
228 230
233A
215
257256 255 254 253
262
260
DN
219
217
213
211
209
207
205
203
201
200
202
204
260A
260B 260C
260G
258259A44
A45
A46
A47
107
105
103
100A
107
105
102
101
101A
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
1718-5
BLA
CK
SB
UR
G, V
IRG
INIA
WA
LLA
CE
HA
LL U
PF
IT F
OR
TH
E
GE
OG
RA
PH
Y D
EP
AR
TM
EN
T
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
GRAPHIC SCALE:
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
COMMO
NWEALTH OF
V
IRGINIA
PRO
FESS IONAL E
NGIN
E
RE
01/21/ 19
SP1
FIRE SUPPRESSION
FIRST AND
SECOND FLOOR
DEMOLITION PLAN
DRR
RDF
PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - FIRE SUPPRESSIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - FIRE SUPPRESSIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
OFFICE
201
OFFICE/LAB
200
OFFICE
202
OFFICE
204
OFFICE
207
OFFICE
205
OFFICE
203
OFFICE
260A
OFFICE
260B
OFFICE
260C
OFFICE
260D
OFFICE
209
OFFICE
211
OFFICE
259OFFICE
258
OFFICE
213
OFFICE
217
OFFICE
219
OFFICE
232A
OFFICE
238B
OFFICE
239OFFICE
235
OFFICE
260E
MEETING
260F
CLOSET
260G
CORRIDOR
B21
CORRIDOR
CR-2C
CORRIDOR
CR-2B
CLASSROOM
234STORAGE/
WORK
238A
ADMIN
238
PHYS GEOGLAB
232
MEETING
238C
BREAK
241
OFFICE
243
GRAD
STUDENTS
237
UP
CR-2A
CR-2C
B24
B23
B22
B25
B26
B15
B5
B29B28
B2
B3
DN
229
231
229C229B229A
233
228 230
233A
254 253
260
DN
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
215
OFFICE
257 OFFICE
256
RECEP
260ELEC
262
OFFICE
255
STORAGE
237A
COMPUTER
101
STORAGE
101A
A49
A44
A45
A46
A47
107
105
103
100A
102
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
1718-5
BL
AC
KS
BU
RG
, V
IRG
INIA
WA
LLA
CE
HA
LL
UP
FIT
FO
R T
HE
GE
OG
RA
PH
Y D
EP
AR
TM
EN
T
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
GRAPHIC SCALE:
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
COMMO
NWEALTH OF
V
IRGINIA
PRO
FESS IONAL E
NGIN
ERE
01/21/ 19
SP2
PARTIAL FIRST AND
SECOND FLOOR
PLANS - FIRE
SUPPRESSION
DRR
RDF
PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN - FIRE SUPPRESSIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - FIRE SUPPRESSIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
CORRIDOR
B21
CORRIDOR
CR-2C
CORRIDOR
CR-2B
UP
CR-2A
CR-2C
B24
B23
B22
B25
B26
B15
B5
B29B28
B2
B3
DN
229
231
229C229B229A
233
221
223
225
227
228 230
233A
215
257256 255 254 253
252251
262
260
DN
ER
ER
ER ER ER ER ERER ER
EXISTING PLUGMOLD
TO BE REMOVEDEM
EM
EM
ERER
ER
ER
EM
EM
ER EM
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
EXISTING PANEL-B
MANUFACTURED BY KINNEY
208Y/120V-3PH-4W-225A MLO
EMEM
EM
ER
EM
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER
EM
EM
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
P2A-12
P2A-12
P2A-12
P2A-12
P2A-10
P2A-10
P2A-10
P2A-10
P2A-10
P2A-8
P2A-8
P2A-8
P2A-8
P2A-8
P2A-8
P2A-11
P2A-11
P2A-11
P2A-9
P2A-9
P2A-9
P2A-9
P2A-9
P2A-2
P2A-2
P2A-2
P2A-2
P2A-2
P2A-2
P2A-2
P2A-4
P2A-4
P2A-4
P2A-4
P2A-4
P2A-6
P2A-6
P2A-6
P2A-6
P2A-6P2A-6
P2A-5
P2A-5P2A-5
P2A-5
ERER
P2A-5 P2A-3
P2A-3
P2A-3
P2A-3
P2A-3
ER
ER
ER
P2A-3
P2A-1
P2A-1
P2A-1
P2A-1
P2A-1
ER
ER
P2A-21
P2A-21
P2A-21 P2A-21
P2A-21
P2A-23
P2A-23
P2A-23 P2A-23
P2A-23
P2A-23
ER
P2A-19
P2A-20
P2A-20
ER
P2A-20
P2A-23 P2A-26
P2A-26
P2A-26
P2A-26 P2A-26
P2A-23
ER
ER
ER
P2A-26
P2A-28
P2A-28
P2A-28P2A-28
ER
P2A-28
P2A-20
P2A-20 P2A-22 P2A-22 P2A-22 P2A-22
P2A-22
P2A-30 P2A-30
P2A-30
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
P2A-19
P2A-19P2A-19
P2A-19
ERER ER
ER
EXISTING PANEL-L2A
SQUARE-D I-LINE
480Y/277V-3PH-4W-225A MLO
EXISTING PANEL-P2A
SQUARE-D NQOD
208Y/120V-3PH-4W-250A MCB
EXISTING TRANSFORMER
SQUARE-D 75KVA DRY-TYPE
480V-208Y/120V
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
EXISTING PANEL-P2B
SQUARE-D NQOD
208Y/120V-3PH-4W-100A MLO
NO NEW WORK TO BE
COMPLETED IN THE
HATCHED AREA
ERER
P2A-15
P2A-15 P2A-15
P2A-15
238C
238B238A236A
236238
234
232C
232B
232
243
241239
237
235A
237
219
217
213
211
209
207
205
203
201
200
202
204
260A
260B 260C 260D
260G
258259
ER
ER ER ER
ERER
ERER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER
ERER
EMEM
EM
ER
P2A-21
ER
P2A-21
ER
EM
EM
ER
ER ER
ERER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER
ERER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER ER ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER ER
ER
ER ER
ER
ER ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER ER
ER ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER
ER
ER
ER ER
ER ER
ERER
ERER ER
ERER
ERER
ERER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERERERER
ER
ER
ERER
ER
ERER
ER
ER
ER
ER
EXISTING TELEPHONE
PANEL TO REMAIN
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER
ER ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER
1
A49
A44
A45
A46
A47
107
105
103
100C
100B
100A
100
P1A-4
P1A-1
P1A-1
P1A-1
P1A-1
P1A-3
P1A-3
P1A-3
P1A-3P1A-3
P1A-3
P1A-5P1A-5
P1A-5P1A-5
P1A-5P1A-5
P1A-6
P1A-6
P1A-6 P1A-6
P1A-6
P1A-4
P1A-4
P1A-4
P1A-4
P1A-1
ER
L1A-3
L1A-3
P1A-1
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
ER
ER
EM
ER
ER
EM
ER
ER
EM
EM
ERER
ER EXISTING PANEL-P1A
SQUARE-D NQOD
208Y/120V-3PH-4W-250A MCB
EXISTING TRANSFORMER
SQUARE-D 75KVA DRY-TYPE
480V-208Y/120V
ER
EXISTING PANEL-L1A
SQUARE-D I-LINE
480Y/277V-3PH-4W-225A MLO
EXISTING PANEL-P1B
SQUARE-D NQOD
208Y/120V-3PH-4W-100A MLO
NO NEW WORK TO BE
COMPLETED IN THE
HATCHED AREA
102
101
101C
101A
101B
ER
ERER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER ER ER
ER
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
1718-5
BLA
CK
SB
UR
G, V
IRG
INIA
WA
LLA
CE
HA
LL U
PF
IT F
OR
TH
E
GE
OG
RA
PH
Y D
EP
AR
TM
EN
T
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
GRAPHIC SCALE:
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
COMMO
NWEALTH OF
V
IRGINIA
PRO
FESS IONAL E
NGIN
ERE
01/21/ 19
ED1
PARTIAL FIRST AND
SECOND FLOOR
PLANS - ELECTRICAL
DEMOLITION
JTO
WAM
PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL DEMOLITIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES:
1. SCOPE: THE SCOPE OF ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION IS DEFINED IN THE FOLLOWING NOTES AND IN LIMITED FASHION ON THE DRAWINGS; THE
DRAWINGS ARE ONLY INTENDED TO BE A PARTIAL REPRESENTATION OF THE ACTUAL DEMOLITION WORK REQUIRED. THESE NOTES ONLY
APPLY TO THE AREAS OF RENOVATION. IN GENERAL, THE DEMOLITION SCOPE IS THE REMOVAL OF THE EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS IN
THE AREAS OF RENOVATION, AS NOTED IN THESE NOTES AND ON THE DRAWINGS.
2. RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES: EXISTING RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES SHALL BE REMOVED WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. WHERE
EXISTING DEVICES ARE INDICATED TO REMAIN, REPLACE THE EXISTING DEVICE TO MATCH THE NEW DEVICES BEING PROVIDED. WHERE
FLUSH MOUNTED RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES TO BE REMOVED (NOT REPLACED IN PLACE) OCCUR IN EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN, REMOVE
DEVICE AND COVER PLATE, CUT WIRES AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE, AND PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATE. COVER PLATE SHALL MATCH COVER
PLATES FOR NEW WORK. WHERE SURFACE MOUNTED SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES TO BE REMOVED OCCUR ON EXISTING WALLS TO
REMAIN, ALSO REMOVE ASSOCIATED EXPOSED BOXES, CONDUIT AND SURFACE RACEWAY.
3. DATA, PHONE, CATV AND A/V: EXISTING DATA, PHONE, CATV AND A/V OUTLETS SHALL BE REMOVED WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
WHERE SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES INDICATED TO BE REMOVED OCCUR ON EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN, ALSO REMOVE ASSOCIATED
EXPOSED BOXES, CONDUIT AND SURFACE RACEWAY. THE OWNER WILL REMOVE ALL SCREENS, PROJECTORS, AND WIRELESS ACCESS
POINTS.
4. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES SHALL BE REMOVED WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. REMOVE ALL
WIRING AND ACCESSIBLE CONDUIT ASSOCIATED WITH DEVICES BEING REMOVED. THE EXISTING SYSTEM SHALL REMAIN OPERATIONAL AT ALL
TIMES THROUGHOUT THE COURSE OF THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE TEMPORARY WIRING AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SYSTEM OPERATION WHEN
AN AREA IS DISCONNECTED FOR RENOVATION.
5. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT: DISCONNECT EXISTING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT THAT IS BEING REMOVED, AND REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED
STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, ETC. ABANDON CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORS CONCEALED IN EXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN. REMOVE ACCESSIBLE
CONDUITS AND CONDUCTORS SERVING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT BEING DEMOLISHED. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE
INFORMATION. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE, EXISTING WIRING TO EXISTING-TO-REMAIN EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN.
6. INTERIOR LIGHTING: REMOVE ALL EXISTING INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES AND CONTROLS, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED
OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. THE EXISTING CIRCUITS SERVING LIGHTING FIXTURES BEING DEMOLISHED SHALL BE RETAINED FOR
RECONNECTION TO THE NEW LIGHTING FIXTURES.
7. CONDUIT: WHERE EXISTING CONDUIT IS EXPOSED DUE TO DEMOLITION OF WALLS, CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS SHALL BE REMOVED, UNLESS
INDICATED TO REMAIN OR NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN SERVICE TO EXISTING ITEMS TO REMAIN. WHERE CONDUIT RISES FROM FLOOR TO FEED
REMOVED ITEMS, CUT CONDUIT FLUSH WITH FLOOR AND FILL IT WITH GROUT. FINISH TO MATCH FLOOR SURFACE. ALL ACCESSIBLE UNUSED
CONDUIT SHALL BE REMOVED; ALL INACCESSIBLE UNUSED CONDUIT SHALL BE ABANDONED. ALL CONDUIT TO NEW DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
SHALL BE NEW, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
8. WIRING: ALL WIRING TO DEMOLISHED DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REMOVED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL EXISTING WIRING TO
EXISTING-TO-REMAIN DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL ACCESSIBLE UNUSED WIRING SHALL BE
REMOVED; ALL INACCESSIBLE UNUSED WIRING SHALL BE ABANDONED. ALL WIRING TO NEW DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW,
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
9. MAINTAIN CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO EXISTING TO REMAIN DEVICES AND FIXTURES THROUGHOUT DEMOLITION WORK.
10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT REMOVED FROM THE BUILDING. IF THE
OWNER DESIRES TO RETAIN EQUIPMENT, HE WILL REMOVE IT FROM THE SITE. ALL EQUIPMENT NOT RETAINED BY THE OWNER SHALL BECOME
PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE. DISPOSAL OF ALL EQUIPMENT CONTAINING HAZARDOUS
MATERIALS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR, AND THE COST OF DISPOSAL SHALL BE INCLUDED.
11. INFORMATION ON DEMOLITION DRAWINGS DOES NOT INDICATE ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND
MECHANICAL DEMOLITION DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND SHALL VERIFY ALL DEMOLITION REQUIRED. ADDITIONAL
COMPENSATION WILL NOT BE ALLOWED FOR DEMOLITION DUE TO CONTRACTOR NOT VISITING SITE AND DETERMINING FULL SCOPE OF
DEMOLITION REQUIRED.
13. SEE THE DEMOLITION FLOOR PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS. ON THE DEMOLITION FLOOR PLANS, ALL DASHED ITEMS
SHALL BE REMOVED AND ALL SOLID ITEMS SHALL REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
1718-5
BLA
CK
SB
UR
G, V
IRG
INIA
WA
LLA
CE
HA
LL U
PF
IT F
OR
TH
E
GE
OG
RA
PH
Y D
EP
AR
TM
EN
T
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
COMMO
NWEALTH OF
V
IRGINIA
PRO
FESS IONAL E
NGIN
ERE
01/21/ 19
E1
ELECTRICAL
LEGEND, SCHEDULES,
DETAILS AND
ABBREVIATIONS
JTO
WAM
MTG. HGT. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
ELECTRICAL LEGEND
PLAN NOTE DESIGNATION.1
A1 LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPE DESIGNATION.
REVISION DESIGNATION.1
NEW CONNECTED TO EXISTING AT THIS POINT.
LIGHTING FIXTURE, LED OR FLUORESCENT, CEILING MOUNTED. SYMBOL SIZE VARIESWITH LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPE.
LIGHTING FIXTURE, LED, CEILING MOUNTED WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY LED DRIVER.(TYPICAL FOR ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES)
LIGHTING FIXTURE, LED, INCANDESCENT, FLUORESCENT OR HID, CEILING MOUNTED.
EXIT SIGN, CEILING MOUNTED. SHADED QUADRANT(S) INDICATES FACE(S). PROVIDEARROWS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPE "X1".
GENERAL USE SWITCH, SINGLE POLE. 4'-0" S
S SWITCH, LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL, WALL-BOX MOUNTED. NUMBER INDICATESTYPE AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS.
L14'-0"
S SWITCH WITH INTEGRAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR, WALL-BOX MOUNTED. NUMBER INDICATESTYPE AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS.
O14'-0"
OCCUPANCY SENSOR, LOW-VOLTAGE, CEILING MOUNTED. NUMBER INDICATES TYPE ASSCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS.
O1
PHOTOSENSOR, LOW-VOLTAGE, CEILING MOUNTED. SEE SPECIFICATIONS ON THIS SHEET.PS
RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX, WALL. ALPHA-NUMERIC OR NUMERIC SUBSCRIPT, WHERE SHOWN,INDICATES CIRCUIT. (TYPICAL FOR ALL RECEPTACLES)
1'-4" TO BOT
RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX GFCI, WALL.1'-4" TO BOT
RECEPTACLES, TWO DUPLEX (QUAD) IN A TWO GANG OUTLET BOX, WALL.1'-4" TO BOT
RECEPTACLE, SINGLE, WALL.1'-4" TO BOT
RECEPTACLE, SPECIAL PURPOSE, WALL. NEMA TYPE AS NOTED ON FLOOR PLANS.1'-4" AFF TOBOT, UNO
JUNCTION BOX, WALL.1'-4" TOBOT, UNO
J
JUNCTION BOX, CEILING.J
TELECOM OUTLET, WALL. 1'-4" TO BOT
COMMUNICATIONS AND POWER OUTLETS, WALL MOUNTED. NUMBER INDICATES THECONFIGURATION AND MOUNTING AS DETAILED ON ELEC DRAWINGS.
1'-4" TO BOT1
WIRELESS ACCESS POINT (WAP), CEILING MOUNTED.W
SMOKE DETECTOR, CEILING.S
FIRE ALARM HORN OR SPEAKER WITH INTEGRAL VISUAL DEVICE, CEILING. NUMBERINDICATES VISUAL DEVICE MINIMUM CANDELA RATING.30
F
FIRE ALARM VISUAL DEVICE, CEILING. NUMBER INDICATES VISUAL DEVICE MINIMUMCANDELA RATING.30
F
FIRE ALARM HORN OR SPEAKER, CEILING.F
ELECTRIC MOTOR CONNECTION.M
208/120 VOLT PANELBOARD.6'-0"
480/277 VOLT PANELBOARD.6'-0"
NON-FUSIBLE SAFETY SWITCH, WALL OR EQUIPMENT MOUNTED. NUMBER INDICATESNON-FUSED/3-POLE/60 AMP RATING.N/3/60
5'-0"
TOGGLE SWITCH, HORSEPOWER RATED, WALL OR EQUIPMENT MOUNTED. SINGLE POLEUNLESS SHOWN WITH NUMBER INDICATING NUMBER OF POLES GREATER THAN ONE.
MS5'-0"
COMBINATION MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER AND NON-FUSIBLE SAFETY SWITCH, WALL OREQUIPMENT MOUNTED. NUMBER INDICATES 3-POLE/30 AMP RATING/ NEMA SIZE 0 STARTER.3/30/0
5'-0"
CIRCUIT DESIGNATION. DESIGNATION SHOWN INDICATES PANEL 2LP1 AND CIRCUITNUMBER 24.
2LP1-24
CONDUIT EXPOSED.
CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL OR ABOVE CEILING.
CONDUIT TURNED UP.
CONDUIT TURNED DOWN.
NOTES (ELECTRICAL LEGEND):
1. THESE ARE STANDARD ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND MAY NOT ALL APPEAR ON THE PROJECT DRAWINGS.
HOWEVER, WHEREVER AN ELECTRICAL SYMBOL APPEARS ON THE PROJECT DRAWINGS, THE ITEM SHALL BE
FURNISHED AND INSTALLED.
2. MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO TOP OF OUTLET OR EQUIPMENT, UNO. WHERE THE
MOUNTING HEIGHT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS IS DIFFERENT FROM THE LEGEND, THE DRAWING TAKES
PRECEDENT. SEE DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS NOT INDICATED IN THE LEGEND.
3. SEE ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS FOR ALPHABETIC SUBSCRIPT WITH SYMBOL, UNO.
ELECTRIC WATER COOLEREWC
SCCR SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING
1. ALL ABBREVIATIONS LISTED MAY NOT APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. REFER TO OTHER ABBREVIATION LISTS
NOTE (ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS):
ELSEWHERE IN THESE DOCUMENTS FOR ABBREVIATIONS NOT LISTED HERE.
IGIMC INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT
ISOLATED GROUND
GF,GFI,GFCI
FLUORFLUOR
HPF
HZ
HW
HPS
HTR
HP
HID
HOA
HG
H OR HOR
GND
FC
GEN
FXTRFXTR
FSD
FSS
FACPFACP
FDR
FA
EXIST
EXT
HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE
HORSEPOWER OR HEAT PUMP
HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM
HIGH POWER FACTOR
HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC
HOT WATER
HERTZ
HEATER
HORIZONTAL
HOSPITAL GRADE
GROUND
FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER
FUSIBLE SAFETY SWITCH
FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANELFIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
FOOTCANDLE
GENERATOR
FLUORESCENTFLUORESCENT
GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER
FIXTURE
EXISTING
EXTERIORFIRE ALARM
FEEDER
WP WEATHERPROOF
TRANSFORMER
TRANSFER
XFMR
XFER
TC TIME CLOCK
VOLT-AMPERE
UNDERGROUND
WATT OR WIRE
VOLT-AMPERE REACTIVE
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE
VOLT
VOLTMETER
W
VM
V
VAR
VA
UNDERFLOOR
TYPICAL
TELEVISIONTELEPHONE
UG
UNO
UF
TYP
TVTEL
MOTOR OPERATED SMOKE DAMPER
SURGE SUPPRESSOR
SYMMETRICAL
SWITCHBOARD
SURFACE RACEWAY
SOLID NEUTRAL
SURFACE METAL RACEWAY
STR STARTER
SWITCHGEAR
SWITCH
SYM
SN
SWGR
SWBD
SW
SECONDARY
SPEAKERSPKR
SSSR
SMD
SEC
SMR
COMB
E OR EMER
ENG
ER
EQUIP
EP
ENCL
EMT
EML
EM
EMN
ELEC
EL
CTRL
DC
DR
DISC
CW
CU
COND
CONT
CT
CONN
CNDCNTR
EXIST RELOCATED TO THIS LOCATION
EXIST REMOVED
EXIST REMOVED AND NEW INSTALLED
ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING
EXIST TO REMAIN
EQUIPMENT
ENCLOSURE
EXPLOSIONPROOF
ENGINE
EMERGENCY
ELECTRIC OR ELECTRICAL
DOOR RELEASE SERVICE
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
CONTROL
DISCONNECT
DIRECT CURRENT
COLD WATER
COPPER
CONTACTOR
CONNECTION
CONDUCTOR
COMBINATION
CENTERCONDUIT
BRKR
ASYM
AWG
CATV
CCTV
CF
CKT
CLG
CB
CAB
CA
BD
BEL
AM
ATS
AMPL
AIC
AL
AFF
ABV
AFD
ACACB
A OR AMP
AMERICAN WIRE GAGE
COMPACT FLUORESCENT
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION
CABLE TV
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CIRCUIT
CEILING
BUS DUCT
BREAKER
CABINET
CABLE
BELOW
ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
ALTERNATING CURRENTABOVE COUNTER BACKSPLASH
AMPERES INTERRUPTING CAPACITY
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
AMMETER
ALUMINUM
AMPLIFIER
ASYMMETRICAL
ABOVE
AMPERE
MS
PBS PUSHBUTTON STATION
PANELBOARD
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT
POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
RECEPTACLE
QUANTITY
REC
RGS
QTYPOWER
PANEL OR PANELBOARD
PHASE
PRIMARY
PTPVC
PWR
PRI
PNLBRD
PH
PNL
PULL BOX OR PUSHBUTTON
MOUNTED OR MOUNTING
MAGNETIC STARTER
MERCURY VAPOR
NON-FUSIBLE SAFETY SWITCH
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
NFSS
OVERHEAD
POLE
NUMBER
PB
P
OH
NO
NEUTRAL
METER
NEUT
NEC
MTG
MV
MTR
LTG LIGHTING
MAIN DISTRIBUTION FRAME
MAIN LUGS ONLY
THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
METAL HALIDE OR MOUNTING HEIGHT
MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER
MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION
MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
MOTOR
MOD
MOT
MLO
MCM
MDF
MH
LUMENS OR LUMINAIRE
MANUALMAGNETIC
MAN
MATV
MCC
MCB
MAGLUM
JUNCTION BOX
LIGHTNING ARRESTER
LOW PRESSURE SODIUM
KILOWATT-HOUR
KILOVOLT-AMPERE
KILOVOLT-AMPERE REACTIVE
KILOWATT
KWH
LPS
LA
KVAR
KW
KVA
KILOVOLT
THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS
JB
KCMIL
KV
DB DOOR BELL
DS DOOR SWITCH
GD GARAGE DOOR
C COUNTERTOP
ERC ELEVATOR RECALL
ELEV ELEVATOR
UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIESUL
HGT HEIGHT
REFRIGERATORREFRIG
BOT BOTTOM
DIM DIMENSION
MINIMUMMIN
DWG DRAWING
ARC FAULT INTERRUPTERAF OR AFI
FACU FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICESPD
EXIST REMOVED AND RELOCATED
VERTICALVERT
ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS
NIGHT LIGHTNL
SB SOUNDER BASE
RELAY BASERB
MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMMNS
KNOCKOUTKO
IC INTERCOM OR INTERRUPTING CAPACITY
TAMPER RESISTANTT
LRP LIGHTING RELAY PANEL
CR CORROSION RESISTANTNORMALN OR NORM
SL SINGLE STATION
UNDERCOUNTERUC
S/O SPACE ONLY
LIGHT EMITTING DIODELED
SPECIAL PURPOSESP
MANUAL MOTOR STARTERMMS
ECNC EXIST CND AND NEW CONDS
ABD ABANDONED
AIP ABANDONED IN PLACE
INITIALINIT
GFP GROUND FAULT PROTECTION/PROTECTED
INCANDESCENTINC
BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
MAXIMUM OVER CURRENT PROTECTIONMOCP
MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MCA
IDF INTERMEDIATE DISTRIBUTION FRAME
MOTOR/GENERATORM/G
WIRE GUARDWG
GTD GENERATOR TRANSFER DEVICE
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVEVFD
EGC EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR
GEC GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR
EC EMPTY CONDUIT
G RECEPTACLE GUARD
USB CHARGERU
DEVICE
SYMBOL
LIGHTING SENSOR AND CONTROL SWITCH LEGEND/SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTION OPERATIONMANUFACTURER / MODEL NUMBER
NOTES:
BASIS OF DESIGN
LD ACUITY nLIGHT nPP16 D SA/SA2
USE WITH OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND MANUAL CONTROLS FOR
AUTO-ON TO 50% OPERATION. PROVIDES ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER
CAPABILITY FOR ONE ZONE OF LIGHTING.
LS ACUITY nLIGHT nPP16 SA/SA2USE WITH VACANCY SENSORS AND MANUAL CONTROLS FOR
MANUAL-ON OPERATION. PROVIDES ON/OFF CAPABILITY FOR
ONE ZONE OF LIGHTING.
1
1. DEVICE FINISHES SHALL BE AS OUTLINED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS.
2. IF ONE OF THE "OTHER ACCEPTABLE PRODUCT" SENSORS ARE USED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SENSORS AS NEEDED TO COMPLETELY COVER THE SPACE SERVED. QUANTITIES ON DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON
THE COVERAGE OF THE BASIS-OF-DESIGN SENSORS. EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL SENSORS SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.
3. ALL OCCUPANCY SENSOR TIME DELAYS SHALL BE 15 MINUTES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
4. PROVIDE ALL LOW-VOLTAGE WIRING NEEDED FOR A FULLY OPERATIONAL SYSTEM (CAT 5E, 0-10V VIOLET-AND-GRAY, ANY OTHER MANUFACTURER-RECOMMENDED CABLING, PLENUM-RATED WHERE IN AIR HANDLING SPACES,
IN DEDICATED CONDUIT SYSTEM WHERE NOT ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS, IN DEDICATED SLEEVES WHERE PENETRATING PARTITIONS).
5. FOR CAT5E "PLUG-AND-PLAY" SYSTEMS, AT LEAST ONE WALL SWITCH IN EACH ROOM SHALL HAVE AN OPEN CAT5E PORT (SO THAT THERE IS AN EASILY ACCESSIBLE OPEN PORT).
6. PROVIDE ALL PROGRAMMING NEEDED TO SET UP SENSORS, POWER PACKS AND LOW-VOLTAGE SWITCHES PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. LOW-VOLTAGE CONTROLS (SENSORS, SCENES AND SWITCHES) SHALL BE
USER-CONFIGURABLE EITHER VIA A MOBILE APP OR HANDHELD REMOTE CONTROLS - PROVIDE ONE OF EACH DEVICE REQUIRED FOR USER-CONFIGURATION AFTER INITIAL SETUP.
7. ALL MANUAL CONTROL MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL BE 48" AFF TO THE TOP. LOAD CONTROLLERS SHALL BE LOCATED ABOVE THE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING (PLENUM-RATED WHERE IN AIR HANDLING SPACES), EXCEPT
WHERE LUTRON OR EATON GREENGATE OR CRESTRON GLPAC PRODUCTS ARE USED SHALL BE LOCATED ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING IN THE CORRIDOR OUTSIDE THE ROOM SERVED.
8. PROVIDE LOAD CONTROLLERS IN QUANTITIES NEEDED TO SERVE THE NUMBER OF ZONES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ROOMS MAY SHARE LOAD CONTROLLERS IF THERE ARE SUFFICIENT OUTPUTS AND IF ROOMS CAN
STILL OPERATE INDEPENDENTLY OF ONE ANOTHER. LOAD CONTROLLERS SHALL BE THE DIMMING TYPE WITH 0-10V WIRING IN ROOMS WHERE SWITCHES ARE THE DIMMING TYPE OR WHERE PHOTOSENSORS ARE PRESENT.
9. LOW-VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING (INCLUDING 0-10V) MUST BE INSTALLED AS CLASS 2 CIRCUITS, IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH NEC 725.136. LOW-VOLTAGE WIRING CANNOT SHARE THE SAME RACEWAY WITH LINE-VOLTAGE
WIRING EXCEPT UNDER THE CONDITIONS LISTED IN NEC 725.136(I).
10. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS OF ALL LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES.
OTHER ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS
ACUITY nLIGHT nPODM
USE WITH OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) FOR AUTO-ON OPERATION.
PROVIDES ON/OFF CAPABILITY FOR ONE ZONE ATLOW VOLTAGE SINGLE-ZONE
ON/OFF SWITCH
HUBBELL NX SYSTEM SWITCH;
WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM SWITCH;
LUTRON seeTOUCH QS SWITCH;
2 ACUITY nLIGHT nPODM DX
USE WITH OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) FOR AUTO-ON TO 50% OPERATION.
PROVIDES ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER CAPABILITY FOR ONE ZONE ATLOW VOLTAGE SINGLE-ZONE
ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER SWITCH
HUBBELL NX SYSTEM SWITCH;
WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM SWITCH;
LUTRON seeTOUCH QS SWITCH;ONE OR MORE SWITCH LOCATIONS.
3 ACUITY nLIGHT nPODM 2P DX
USE WITH OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) FOR AUTO-ON TO 50% OPERATION.
PROVIDES ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER CAPABILITY FOR TWO ZONES ATLOW VOLTAGE DUAL-ZONE
ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER SWITCH
HUBBELL NX SYSTEM SWITCH;
WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM SWITCH;
LUTRON seeTOUCH QS SWITCH;
ONE OR MORE SWITCH LOCATIONS.
VACANCY SENSOR, 0-10V DIMMING WITH MANUAL-ON AUTO-OFF ACUITY SENSOR SWITCH WSX D SA
HUBBELL LHD SERIES;
WATTSTOPPER PW-311 SERIES;
LUTRON MS-Z101 SERIESD
WALL SWITCH 0-10V DIMMING
OCCUPANCY SENSOR
PHOTOSENSOR, FOR AUTOMATIC RAISE/LOWER OF LIGHTS ACUITY nLIGHT nCM ADCX DZ RJBPSLOW VOLTAGE CEILING MOUNTED
DIMMING PHOTOSENSOR
HUBBELL NX SYSTEM PHOTOSENSOR;
WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM PHOTOSENSOR;
LUTRON EC-DIR-WH;
OCCUPANCY SENSOR ACUITY nLIGHT nCM PDT 9 RJB1OLOW VOLTAGE DUAL TECH CEILING
MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR
HUBBELL NX SYSTEM DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR;
WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR;
LUTRON LOS-CDT SERIES;
HUBBELL NX SYSTEM ROOM CONTROLLER;
WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM ROOM CONTROLLER;
LUTRON ENERGI SAVR NODE;
LOAD CONTROLLER, 0-10V DIMMING
(ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER)
HUBBELL NX SYSTEM ROOM CONTROLLER;
WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM ROOM CONTROLLER;
LUTRON ENERGI SAVR NODE;
ONE OR MORE SWITCH LOCATIONS.
LOAD CONTROLLER, SWITCHED
(ON/OFF)
EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER DAYLIGHT SENSOR
EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR
EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER
EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER
EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER SYSTEM SWITCH
EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER SYSTEM SWITCH
EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER SYSTEM SWITCH
CRESTRON GLPP OR GLPAC SYSTEM SWITCH;
CRESTRON GLPP OR GLPAC SYSTEM SWITCH;
CRESTRON GLPP OR GLPAC SYSTEM SWITCH;
CRESTRON GLPP OR GLPAC (DEPENDING ON SWITCH FUNCTIONS;
CRESTRON GLPP OR GLPAC (DEPENDING ON SWITCH FUNCTIONS);
CRESTRON GLS SERIES DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR;
CRESTRON GLS SERIES DAYLIGHT SENSOR;
OCCUPANCY SENSOR ACUITY nLIGHT nCM PDT 10 RJB2OLOW VOLTAGE DUAL TECH CEILING
MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR
HUBBELL NX SYSTEM DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR;
WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR;
LUTRON LOS-CDT SERIES;
EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR
CRESTRON GLS SERIES DUAL TECH CEILING SENSOR;
FIXTURE
TYPE
LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
MOUNTING BASIS OF DESIGN MANUFACTURER AND CATALOG NO.LAMP
TYPE
CEILING/
RECESSEDA2
LITHONIA LIGHTING LE-S-1-R-EL NCEILINGX1
B1
LED
CEILING/
RECESSEDA3
REMARKS
NOTE 1
LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE NOTES:
1. PROVIDE SINGLE FACE EXIT SIGN AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
2. PROVIDE INTEGRAL 1400 LUMEN BATTERY DRIVER FOR FIXTURES INDICATED FOR EMERGENCY EGRESS.
CEILING/
RECESSED
LED
LED
LED
LITHONIA LIGHTING 2RTL4-40L-EZ1-LP840
LITHONIA LIGHTING 2RTL4-48L-EZ1-LP840
LITHONIA LIGHTING 2GTL4-40L-A12125-EZ1-LP840
ACCEPTABLE EQUALS
EATON METALUX 24AC SERIES
H.E. WILLIAMS HET SERIES
EATON METALUX 24AC SERIES
H.E. WILLIAMS HET SERIES
EATON METALUX GRLED SERIES
H.E. WILLIAMS 50 SERIES
ISOLITE LPDC SERIES
H.E. WILLIAMS EXIT/CA SERIES
GENERAL NOTES (LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE):
1. OTHER MANUFACTURERS WILL BE CONSIDERED (IN ADDITION TO WHAT IS LISTED) IF THEY ARE EQUAL TO WHAT IS SPECIFIED.
2. 10% DIMMING DRIVERS ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR FIXTURES WHERE THE BASIS OF DESIGN INCLUDES 1% DIMMING DRIVERS.
CEILING/
RECESSEDA1 LED LITHONIA LIGHTING 2RTL4-30L-EZ1-LP840
EATON METALUX 24AC SERIES
H.E. WILLIAMS HET SERIES
AVERAGE FOOT-CANDLE LEVELSPACE TYPE
LIGHTING FOOT-CANDLE LEVEL SUMMARY
BIO LAB 101B 60
ENTRY 101 25
GIS LAB 101A 60
DEMAND SUMMARY:
SWITCHBOARD 'A' IS A 480V-3PH-4W-2000 AMP
SWITCHBOARD THAT FEEDS SWITCHBOARD 'SC'.
SWITCHBOARD 'SC' IS A 480V-3PH-4W-2000A
SWITCHBOARD. THE MAXIMUM DEMAND ON
SWITCHBOARD 'A' IS 618 AMPS, PER
INFORMATION OBTAINED FROM VTES.
33.5 AMPS ARE BEING ADDED TO SWITCHBOARD
'SC' UNDER THIS PROJECT, RESULTING IN A
TOTAL PEAK DEMAND OF 651.5 AMPS ON
SWITCHBOARD 'A'.
ADMIN 238 40
CLASSROOM 234 60
CONF 243 45
CORRIDOR B21 25
GRAD STUDENTS 237 50
MAIL/BREAK 241 35
MEETING 238C 45
OFFICES 45
PHYS GEOG LAB 232 55
STORAGE/WORK 238A 30
WORK AREA 260F 35
CEILING/
RECESSEDA1E LED LITHONIA LIGHTING 2RTL4-30L-EZ1-LP840-EL14L
EATON METALUX 24AC SERIES
H.E. WILLIAMS HET SERIESNOTE 2
CEILING/
RECESSEDA2E LED LITHONIA LIGHTING 2RTL4-40L-EZ1-LP840-EL14L NOTE 2
EATON METALUX 24AC SERIES
H.E. WILLIAMS HET SERIES
CEILING/
RECESSEDA3E LED LITHONIA LIGHTING 2RTL4-48L-EZ1-LP840-EL14L
EATON METALUX 24AC SERIES
H.E. WILLIAMS HET SERIESNOTE 2
C1CEILING/
SUSPENDEDLED LITHONIA LIGHTING ZL1N-L48-5000LM-FST-MVOLT-40K-80CRI-WH-HC36
EATON METALUX GRLED SERIES
H.E. WILLIAMS 50 SERIES
4 ACUITY nLIGHT nPODM 4P DXLOW VOLTAGE FOUR-ZONE
ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER SWITCH
HUBBELL NX SYSTEM SWITCH;
WATTSTOPPER DLM SYSTEM SWITCH;
LUTRON seeTOUCH QS SWITCH;
EATON GREENGATE ROOM CONTROLLER SYSTEM SWITCH
CRESTRON GLPAC SYSTEM SWITCH;
USE WITH OCCUPANCY SENSOR(S) FOR AUTO-ON TO 50% OPERATION.
PROVIDES ON/OFF/RAISE/LOWER CAPABILITY FOR FOUR ZONES AT
ONE OR MORE SWITCH LOCATIONS.
ASTERISK DENOTES BOTTOM OF OUTLET BOX MOUNTED 8 IN. ABOVE TOP OF COUNTER.DISTANCE INCLUDES HEIGHT OF BACKSPLASH.
CEILING/
RECESSEDD1 LED GOTHAM LIGHTING EVO-40/25-6AR-MWD-LSS-MVOLT-EZ10
EATON PORTFOLIO LD6B SERIES
H.E. WILLIAMS L60 SERIES
CEILING/
RECESSEDD1E LED GOTHAM LIGHTING EVO-40/25-6AR-MWD-LSS-MVOLT-EZ10-EL NOTE 2
EATON PORTFOLIO LD6B SERIES
H.E. WILLIAMS L60 SERIES
1
1
ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191
TYPICAL WALL DEVICE LOCATION DETAILNO SCALE
LIGHT SWITCH(ES)
RECEPTACLE OR
TELECOMM OUTLET
FIRE ALARM
NOTIFICATION DEVICE
DOOR
2"
DEVICES SHOWN IN SAME
AREA ON PLANS SHALL ALIGN
VERTICALLY WITH DEVICES
ABOVE AND/OR BELOW
NOTE:
• NOT ALL DEVICES SHOWN ARE USED IN ALL LOCATIONS. REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLANS
FOR DEVICE LOCATIONS.
• WHERE DEVICE HEIGHTS INDICATED ON FLOOR PLANS ARE DIFFERENT FROM WHAT IS SHOWN IN THE
DETAIL, THE HEIGHTS INDICATED ON FLOOR PLANS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE.
• DEVICES SHOWN SIDE-BY-SIDE ON THE PLANS THAT ARE NOT GANGED TOGETHER SHALL HAVE 2" OF
SEPARATION BETWEEN FACEPLATES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE OR UNLESS MORE SEPARATION IS
REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING OF WALL.
• FOR WALL DEVICES MOUNTED ABOVE ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS (SUCH AS FIRE ALARM STROBES
MOUNTED ABOVE MARKERBOARDS OR TACKBOARDS), COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF WALL
DEVICES SUCH THAT THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS.
3"
1'-4
" T
O
BO
TT
OM
4'-0
" T
O T
OP
7'-6
" T
O B
OT
TO
M M
INIM
UM
OR
8'-0
" T
O T
OP
MA
XIM
UM
FINISHED
FLOOR
NO SCALE
SYMBOL DETAIL1/2
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
SINGLE OR DOUBLE
2"
DOUBLE-GANG 2-1/8" DEEP BOX WITH
DOUBLE-GANG PLASTER RING FOR DATA
CABLING (CABLING BY OWNER). PROVIDE
BLANK FACEPLATE.
NOTE: SYMBOL INDICATES 2 BOXES
AT EACH LOCATION. 1 = SINGLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE,
2 = DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
1" CONDUIT CONCEALED IN NEW WALLS
AND STUBBED UP ABOVE NEAREST
CORRIDOR A.C.T. CEILING AND BUSHED
DETAIL NOTE:
1. PROVIDE SINGLE-CHANNEL SURFACE RACEWAY PER THE SPECIFICATIONS
FROM EACH OUTLET TO ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING WHERE THIS
SYMBOL IS SHOWN WITH A SUBSCRIPT 'SR' ON THE FLOOR PLANS.
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
1718-5
BLA
CK
SB
UR
G, V
IRG
INIA
WA
LLA
CE
HA
LL U
PF
IT F
OR
TH
E
GE
OG
RA
PH
Y D
EP
AR
TM
EN
T
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
COMMO
NWEALTH OF
V
IRGINIA
PRO
FESS IONAL E
NGIN
E
RE
01/21/ 19
E2
ELECTRICAL
SPECIFICATIONS,
DETAILS AND
GENERAL NOTES
JTO
WAM
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
1. SCOPE OF WORK: PROVIDE SUPERVISION, LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY, PLANT
AND OTHER ITEMS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
WHERE VARIANCES OCCUR BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR WITHIN EITHER
DOCUMENT ITSELF, INCLUDE IN THE CONTRACT PRICE THE ITEM OR ARRANGEMENT OF BETTER
QUALITY, GREATER QUANTITY, OR HIGHER COST.
2. STANDARDS AND CODES: THE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW AND LISTED BY
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
2015 VIRGINIA UNIFORM STATEWIDE BUILDING CODE (USBC); THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING
CODE (IBC) AS ADOPTED AND MODIFIED BY THE 2015 USBC; THE 2014 NFPA-70 (NATIONAL
ELECTRICAL CODE, OR NEC); THE 2013 NFPA-72 (NATIONAL FIRE ALARM AND SIGNALING CODE); AND
OTHER RELATED CODES AND STANDARDS. THE COMPLETED INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH
THE ADAAG "AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT GUIDELINES FOR BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES".
WORKMANSHIP SHALL MEET THE "STANDARDS OF INSTALLATION" AS PUBLISHED BY THE NATIONAL
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION (NECA).
3. PERMITS AND FEES: OBTAIN PERMITS, BONDS, LICENSES AND INSPECTION CERTIFICATES. PAY
INSPECTION FEES AND TAXES. FILE PLANS AND PREPARE DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO OBTAIN
APPROVALS OF GOVERNMENTAL DEPARTMENTS HAVING JURISDICTION.
4. CONDUIT: PROVIDE RGS OR IMC WHERE EXTERIOR ABOVE-GRADE. WHERE NOT EXTERIOR,
PROVIDE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) FOR EMPTY CONDUIT RUNS AND STUB-UPS, BRANCH
CIRCUITS AND PANEL FEEDERS; ALL CONDUIT STUBS SHALL HAVE BUSHINGS. PROVIDE
GALVANIZED SINGLE STRIP FLEXIBLE CONDUIT, MINIMUM 18" LONG, FOR MOTOR CONNECTIONS.
CONDUIT SHALL BE MINIMUM 3/4”. SUPPORT CONDUIT AS REQUIRED BY THE NEC. FOR ROOF
DECKING APPLICATIONS, FOLLOW REQUIREMENTS OF NEC 300.4(E). EXPANSION/DEFLECTION
FITTINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE REQUIRED PER NEC 300.4(H). FITTINGS SHALL NOT BE CAST
POT METAL.
ALL CONDUITS PASSING THROUGH RATED WALLS OR CEILINGS SHALL BE SLEEVED AND PACKED
WITH U.L. LISTED SEALANT TO MAINTAIN RATING.
TYPE AC, MC AND NMC CABLE ARE NOT ALLOWED.
5. JUNCTION, OUTLET AND PULL BOXES : PROVIDE JUNCTION, OUTLET AND PULL BOXES FOR WIRING
DEVICES, FIXTURES, CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND AS REQUIRED BY THE NEC. BOXES SHALL
BE STEEL UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE BY ENVIRONMENT.
6. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: PROVIDE ALL HANGERS, SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, SLEEVES AND SEALS
AS REQUIRED BY THE NEC.
7. WIRING: PROVIDE COPPER CONDUCTORS, XHHW OR XHHW-2 OR THHN OR THWN-2, 600 VOLT, 90
DEGREE C RATED. WIRING SHALL BE COLOR-CODED TO IDENTIFY PHASES, NEUTRAL AND GROUND.
MATCH EXISTING BUILDING WIRING COLOR-CODING. NUMBER 12 AWG SHALL BE THE SMALLEST
SIZE WIRE USED FOR POWER AND LIGHTING. FOR 120-VOLT 15 AMP AND 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUITS,
USE MINIMUM 12 AWG UP TO 60 FEET, 10 AWG FOR 61-95 FEET, 8 AWG FOR 96-155 FEET AND 6 AWG
FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS LONGER THAN 155 FEET; CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SAME SIZE FOR ENTIRE
LENGTH OF RUN, EXCEPT IF ALL OUTLETS ARE IN THE SAME ROOM (1200 SQUARE FEET OR LESS)
THE OVERSIZED CONDUCTORS MAY BE RUN ONLY TO THE FIRST OUTLET. FOR 277-VOLT 15 AMP
AND 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUITS, USE MINIMUM 12 AWG UP TO 140 FEET, 10 AWG FOR 141-220 FEET
AND 8 AWG FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS LONGER THAN 220 FEET; CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SAME SIZE
FOR ENTIRE LENGTH OF RUN. CONDUCTORS 8 AWG AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED;
CONDUCTORS 10 AWG AND SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID. WIRING SHALL BE RUN CONCEALED,
EXCEPT WHERE INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. DO NOT INSTALL A SHARED NEUTRAL
ON ANY CIRCUIT. FOR LIGHT SWITCHES, INSTALL NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR WHERE REQUIRED BY NEC
404.2(C). ALL TERMINATIONS SHALL BE 75 DEGREES C.
8. GROUNDING AND BONDING: PROVIDE AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM INSTALLED TO
METALLIC STRUCTURES, ENCLOSURES, RACEWAYS, JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, PULL
BOXES, CABINETS, MACHINE FRAMES, PORTABLE EQUIPMENT AND OTHER CONDUCTIVE ITEMS IN
CLOSE PROXIMITY TO ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS. ALL BRANCH AND FEEDER CIRCUITS SHALL INCLUDE
A GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. PROVIDE GROUND BUS IN ALL NEW PANELBOARDS. GROUND
CORD-AND-PLUG EQUIPMENT PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NEC 250.114.
9. IDENTIFICATION: IDENTIFY CABLES/CONDUCTORS, INCLUDING VOLTAGE, PHASE AND FEEDER OR
CIRCUIT NUMBER, ON EACH CABLE/CONDUCTOR IN EACH BOX/ENCLOSURE/CABINET WHERE WIRES
OF MORE THAN ONE CIRCUIT OR COMMUNICATION/SIGNAL SYSTEM ARE PRESENT. WHEREVER
REASONABLY REQUIRED FOR SAFETY, MAINTENANCE AND/OR OPERATIONAL PURPOSES, PROVIDE
SELF-ADHESIVE PLASTIC SIGNS FOR IDENTIFICATION, INSTRUCTION OR WARNING ON SWITCHES
AND OUTLETS, AS WELL AS OTHER CONTROLS, DEVICES AND ENCLOSURE COVERS. PROVIDE A
DANGER SIGN WHEREVER IT IS POSSIBLE FOR PERSONS TO COME INTO CONTACT WITH A VOLTAGE
HIGHER THAN 120 VOLTS, AS WELL AS ON CRITICAL SWITCHES AND CONTROLS WHERE UNTIMELY
OPERATION COULD BE A SAFETY HAZARD. PROVIDE AN ENGRAVED PLASTIC-LAMINATE LABEL ON
EACH MAJOR UNIT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: PANELBOARDS,
TRANSFORMERS, CABINETS, ENCLOSURES AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES. EQUIPMENT LABELS
SHALL INCLUDE WHAT IS REQUIRED IN NEC 408.4(B). PROVIDE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
LABELING REQUIRED BY NEC 760.41(B) AND 760.121(B). ENCLOSURE TYPES SHALL BE MARKED PER
NEC 110.28. WIRING COLOR-CODE KEY SHALL BE READILY AVAILABLE OR PERMANENTLY POSTED
PER NEC 200.6(D).
10. CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT: MAKE FINAL ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTIONS TO MECHANICAL
EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE CONDUITS, OUTLET BOXES AND POWER WIRING FROM THE POWER SOURCE
TO THE MOTOR OR EQUIPMENT JUNCTION BOX, INCLUDING WIRING THROUGH STARTERS OR
SAFETY SWITCHES, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.
11. WIRING DEVICES (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE WHITE AND SHALL BE
INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE. BACK WIRING IS NOT ALLOWED. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED
OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS, RECEPTACLES SHALL BE NEMA 5-15R (EXCEPT PROVIDE NEMA
5-20R WHERE THERE IS ONLY ONE RECEPTACLE ON A CIRCUIT), GROUNDED. SPECIAL PURPOSE,
SAFETY TYPE AND GROUND FAULT RECEPTACLES SHALL BE BY SAME MANUFACTURER AS DUPLEX
RECEPTACLES. GFCI TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL BE RATED 5 MILLIAMPS, AND SHALL BE
READILY ACCESSIBLE WHERE REQUIRED BY NEC 210.8. WIRING DEVICE WALLPLATES SHALL BE
SATIN STAINLESS STEEL AND SHALL BE BY SAME MANUFACTURER AS WIRING DEVICES.
NOTE: ALL EXISTING WIRING DEVICES TO REMAIN WITHIN THE AREAS OF RENOVATION SHALL BE
REPLACED WITH NEW MATCHING DEVICES AND WALL PLATES.
WIRING DEVICE MANUFACTURER SHALL BE BRYANT, EATON ARROW/HART, HUBBELL, LEVITON OR
PASS & SEYMOUR.
PROVIDE A LABEL ON ALL NEW AND EXISTING RECEPTACLE WALLPLATES INDICATING THE
PANELBOARD AND CIRCUIT NUMBER THAT FEEDS THE DEVICE. LABELS SHALL BE SELF-STICK,
MADE WITH A TAPE GUN, WITH MINIMUM 3/16” HIGH BLACK LETTERS ON A WHITE BACKGROUND.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CIRCUIT NUMBERS INDICATED ON THE
DRAWINGS PRIOR TO LABELING.
12. SAFETY SWITCHES (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : PROVIDE SURFACE-MOUNTED, GENERAL-DUTY
OR HEAVY-DUTY AS APPLICABLE, HORSEPOWER-RATED, NON-FUSIBLE, SAFETY SWITCHES WITH
LUGS SUITABLE FOR COPPER OR ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS AND ELECTRO-SILVER PLATED
CURRENT CARRYING PARTS, AND WITH EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS WITH APPROPRIATE LUGS.
SWITCHES SHALL HAVE HINGED DOOR WITH DEFEATABLE INTERLOCK TO PREVENT DOOR FROM
BEING OPENED IN "ON" POSITION; OPERATING LEVER ARRANGED FOR PADLOCKING IN THE "OFF"
POSITION; ARC QUENCHERS; CAPACITY AND CHARACTERISTICS AS REQUIRED; NON-TEASABLE
QUICK-MAKE AND QUICK-BREAK MECHANISM; DEAD FRONT; LINE SIDE SHIELD.
MANUFACTURER SHALL BE SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC, EATON OR SIEMENS.
13. DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE
DRY-TYPE, SHALL HAVE 150 DEG. C RISE ABOVE 40 DEG. C AMBIENT, SHALL HAVE MINIMUM 4-2.5%
FULL CAPACITY PRIMARY TAPS FOR TRANSFORMERS 15 KVA AND LARGER, SHALL HAVE
VENTILATED HEAVY GAUGE SHEET STEEL ANSI 49 COLORED ENCLOSURE, SHALL BE QUIET TYPE
OPERATING AT PUBLISHED ANSI SOUND STANDARDS, AND SHALL HAVE COIL AND CORE
ASSEMBLIES MOUNTED ON VIBRATION ISOLATORS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED TO REDUCE 120 HZ
SOUND AND MULTIPLE HARMONICS. ALL INSULATING MATERIALS SHALL MEET NEMA ST-20
STANDARDS AND SHALL BE RATED FOR 220 DEG. C U.L. COMPONENT RECOGNIZED INSULATION
SYSTEM. THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE AT THE TOP OF THE ENCLOSURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 50
DEG. C RISE ABOVE 40 DEG. C AMBIENT. LINEAR TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE ALUMINUM
WINDINGS. ALL TRANSFORMER EFFICIENCIES SHALL MEET US DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 2016
STANDARDS. VISIBLY GROUND ALL TRANSFORMER CORES TO ENCLOSURES WITH A FLEXIBLE
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR (NO METAL-TO-METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE CORE AND COIL AND
ENCLOSURE OTHER THAN THIS). ALSO PROVIDE BONDING JUMPER SIZED AS REQUIRED BY NEC ON
OUTSIDE OF ASSEMBLY. MAKE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONNECTIONS WITH A SHORT LENGTH
OF WATER-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT. LOCATE TRANSFORMERS AT LEAST 6" CLEAR FROM
WALLS, AND PROVIDE ALL CLEARANCES PER THE NEC. PROVIDE TRANSFORMER SIZES AND
RATINGS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
MANUFACTURER SHALL BE SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC, EATON OR SIEMENS.
14. PANELBOARDS (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : PANELBOARDS SHALL BE DEAD-FRONT, COPPER
BUS, WITH THERMAL MAGNETIC MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SCHEDULES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. BREAKERS FOR APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS SHALL BE
BOLT-ON. BREAKERS FOR DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS SHALL BE GROUP MOUNTED PLUG-ON
WITH MECHANICAL RESTRAINT ON A COMMON PAN OR RAIL ASSEMBLY, AND WITH LINE-SIDE JAW
TYPE CONNECTIONS. SERIES RATING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL
BE RED AND SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS “FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT”. PANELBOARDS SHALL HAVE TYPED,
FRAMED CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES. THE CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES SHALL INDICATE THE LOAD TYPE AND
THE OWNER'S ROOM NAMES/NUMBERS (NOT THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT ROOM
NAMES/NUMBERS). DOORS SHALL HAVE LOCKS AND BE KEYED ALIKE. EMPTY SPACES SHALL BE
FULLY BUSSED WITH HARDWARE FOR FUTURE BREAKERS.
MANUFACTURER SHALL BE SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC, EATON OR SIEMENS.
15. SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPD) (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) :
A. SPD EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS [TVSS]) SHALL BE
LISTED AND LABELED PER ANSI/U.L. 1449 3RD EDITION, AND SHALL BE TESTED AND
DEMONSTRATE SUITABILITY FOR APPLICATION WITHIN ANSI/IEEE C62.41 CATEGORY C, B AND
A ENVIRONMENTS.
B. SPD SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE PANELBOARDS.
C. THE SPD MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE UNLIMITED FREE REPLACEMENT OF THE ENTIRE
SPD FOR ALL INOPERABLE SPD UNITS DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD.
D. SPD SHALL BE GUARANTEED BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR AND SURGE SUPPRESSION
MANUFACTURER TO BE FREE OF DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD
OF NOT LESS THAN 5 YEARS FROM THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEM
FOR WHICH THE SUPPRESSOR IS INSTALLED. THE WARRANTY SHALL PROVIDE FOR A
COMPLETE REPLACEMENT OF SPD IN ORDER TO EXPEDITE SERVICE.
E. SPD UNIT SHALL INCORPORATE THERMALLY PROTECTED METAL-OXIDE VARISTORS (MOVS) AS
THE CORE SURGE SUPPRESSION COMPONENT FOR THE SERVICE ENTRANCE AND ALL OTHER
DISTRIBUTION LEVELS. THE SYSTEM SHALL NOT UTILIZE SILICON AVALANCHE DIODES,
SELENIUM CELLS, AIR GAPS, OR OTHER COMPONENTS THAT MAY CROWBAR THE SYSTEM
VOLTAGE LEADING TO SYSTEM UPSET OR CREATE ANY ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS.
F. SPD UNIT MUST PROTECT ALL MODES (L-N, L-G, L-L, N-G) OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM BEING
UTILIZED.
G. SPD UNIT SHALL HAVE A 20KA NOMINAL DISCHARGE CURRENT.
H. SPD UNIT SHALL BE INSTALLED INTEGRALLY IN THE PANELBOARDS INDICATED ON THE
DRAWINGS. THE COMPLETE PANELBOARD, INCLUDING THE SPD, SHALL BE UL LISTED.
I. WHERE SPD'S ARE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AS BEING INTEGRAL TO A PIECE OF
ELECTRICAL GEAR, IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION TO PROVIDE AN EXTERNAL SPD
INSTEAD, LOCATED AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE TO THE GEAR BEING PROTECTED AND IN A
NEMA ENCLOSURE APPROPRIATE FOR THE INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT. THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THAT THERE IS SUFFICIENT WALL SPACE FOR THE
EXTERNAL SPD, AS THE EXTERNAL SPD IS HIS OPTION - CHANGE ORDERS WILL NOT BE
APPROVED DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR NOT COORDINATING THIS.
J. SPD UNITS SHALL BE SERVED WITH A DEDICATED 3-POLE 60-AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER IN THE
GEAR BEING SERVED AND (5) #6 AWG MINIMUM STRANDED LOW IMPEDANCE CONNECTION
CABLE TO THE BREAKER, UNLESS THE MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDS DIFFERENTLY. THE
CONDUCTORS SERVING SPD UNITS SHALL BE TWISTED TOGETHER TO REDUCE THE SPD
SYSTEM INPUT IMPEDANCE, AND SHALL BE KEPT AT THE MINIMUM LENGTH. SPD UNITS SHALL
BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED
PRACTICES AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH NEC REQUIREMENTS. WHERE EXTERNAL, CLOSE
NIPPLE THE SPD TO THE RESPECTIVE GEAR BEING PROTECTED.
K. SPD UNIT SHALL MEET ANSI/U.L. VOLTAGE PROTECTION RATING (VPR) OF (MAXIMUM): 1200V
(L-G AND N-G), 1500V (L-N) AND 2000V (L-L) FOR 277/480V. MAXIMUM SURGE CURRENT RATINGS
SHALL BE 160KA PER PHASE/80KA PER MODE FOR DISTRIBUTION PANELS. MAXIMUM
CONTINUOUS OPERATING VOLTAGE (MCOV) SHALL BE 125% MINIMUM OF NOMINAL VOLTAGE
FOR 120/208V, AND 115% MINIMUM OF NOMINAL VOLTAGE FOR 277/480V; MCOV SHALL BE A
TESTED VALUE.
L. SPD UNIT SHALL HAVE POSITIVE STATUS MONITORS FOR EACH PHASE.
16. LIGHTING (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : PROVIDE FIXTURES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR EQUAL. FIXTURES SHALL BE
COMPLETE WITH REQUIRED SOCKETS, WIRING, GLASSWARE, REFLECTORS, HANGERS, FITTINGS
AND MOUNTING TRIM. FIXTURES SHALL BE CLEANED AND COMPLETELY LAMPED. PROVIDE PROPER
TRIM, FRAMES, MOUNTING DEVICES, CONFIGURATION AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED TO PROPERLY
INSTALL FIXTURES IN THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION.
CATALOG NUMBERS OF FIXTURES SCHEDULED ARE TO ESTABLISH A TYPE OF FIXTURE, NOT TO
DETERMINE A METHOD OF MOUNTING. VERIFY CEILING CONSTRUCTION BEFORE ORDERING
FIXTURES, AND PROVIDE MOUNTING TRIM SUITABLE FOR THE CEILING FINISH IN WHICH FIXTURE IS
INSTALLED. INSTALL RECESSED LAY-IN TYPE FIXTURES SO THAT THE LENS HOUSING MAY BE
EASILY OPENED AND SO THAT THE FIXTURES MAY BE REMOVED AND RELOCATED WITHOUT
FORCING THE FIXTURES. COORDINATE LIGHTING LAYOUT WITH CEILING LAYOUT AND FINISH
BEFORE CEILING GRID IS INSTALLED. LENS TYPE RECESSED 2X4 FIXTURES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM
0.125" THICK ACRYLIC LENS WITH 7.8 OZ./SQ. FT. MINIMUM WEIGHT.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR LED LUMINAIRES:
COLOR TEMPERATURE SHALL BE 4000K WITH MINIMUM CRI OF 80, UNLESS INDICATED
OTHERWISE.
LED'S SHALL BE BINNED WITHIN A MAXIMUM THREE-STEP MACADAM ELLIPSE TO ENSURE
COLOR CONSISTENCY AMONGST LUMINAIRES OF THE SAME TYPE.
MERCURY-FREE, LEAD-FREE, ROHS COMPLIANT.
COMPLIANT WITH FCC 47 CFR PART 15 NON-CONSUMER RFI/EMI STANDARDS.
LIGHT OUTPUT SHALL BE MEASURED USING THE ABSOLUTE PHOTOMETRY METHOD
FOLLOWING IES LM-79 AND LM-80 REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES.
LUMINAIRES SHALL MAINTAIN AT LEAST 70% LUMEN OUTPUT (L70) FOR A MINIMUM OF 50,000
HOURS.
LUMEN OUTPUT SHALL NOT DEPRECIATE MORE THAN 20% AFTER 20,000 HOURS OF USE.
THERMALLY DESIGNED TO NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM JUNCTION TEMPERATURE OF THE LED
FOR THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF THE LOCATION IN WHICH THE LUMINAIRE IS TO BE
INSTALLED. RATED CASE TEMPERATURE SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR OPERATION IN THE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURES TYPICALLY FOUND IN THE INTENDED INSTALLATION. EXTERIOR
LUMINAIRES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPERATING IN AMBIENT TEMPERATURES OF -20 DEG.
F TO 122 DEG F (-29 DEG. C TO 50 DEG. C).
LUMINAIRES SHALL OPERATE NORMALLY FOR INPUT VOLTAGE FLUCTUATIONS OF PLUS OR
MINUS 10%.
MAXIMUM TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION (THD) OF 10% AT FULL INPUT POWER AND ACROSS
SPECIFIED VOLTAGE RANGE.
ALL CONNECTIONS TO LUMINAIRES SHALL BE REVERSE-POLARITY PROTECTED AND PROVIDE
HIGH VOLTAGE PROTECTION IN THE EVENT THAT CONNECTIONS ARE REVERSED OR
SHORTED DURING INSTALLATION.
THE FAILURE OF ONE INDIVIDUAL LED SHALL NOT AFFECT THE OPERATION OF THE REMAINING
LED'S IN THE LUMINAIRE.
ALL DRIVERS SHALL COMPLY WITH NEMA 410-2011 FOR INRUSH CURRENT.
REQUIREMENTS FOR LED DRIVERS:
UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE, SHALL BE OF THE 0-10V DIMMING TYPE DOWN
TO 10% LIGHT LEVEL. THE PERFORMANCE CURVES FOR THE 0-10V CONTROL AND THE
0-10V DRIVERS SHALL NOT BOTH BE LOGARITHMIC. DIMMING SHALL OCCUR DOWN TO
THE MINIMUM LEVEL WITH NO VISIBLE FLICKER OR “POPCORN EFFECT”. “POPCORN
EFFECT” IS WHEN THE LUMINAIRE IS ON A PRESET DIMMED LEVEL, AND THE LED'S GO TO
100% PRIOR TO RETURNING TO THE PRESET LEVEL WHEN POWER IS RETURNED TO THE
FIXTURE.
SHALL HAVE RATED LIFE OF MINIMUM 50,000 HOURS.
SHALL HAVE MINIMUM POWER FACTOR OF 0.9 AND MAXIMUM CREST FACTOR OF 1.5 AT FULL
INPUT POWER AND ACROSS SPECIFIED VOLTAGE RANGE.
SHALL OPERATE NORMALLY FOR INPUT VOLTAGE FLUCTUATIONS OF PLUS OR MINUS 10%.
SHALL HAVE MAXIMUM TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION (THD) OF 10% AT FULL INPUT POWER
AND ACROSS SPECIFIED VOLTAGE RANGE.
SHALL HAVE POLARIZED QUICK-DISCONNECTS FOR WIRING CONNECTIONS FOR FIELD
MAINTENANCE.
SHALL HAVE BUILT-IN FUSE PROTECTION, WITH ALL POWER SUPPLY OUTPUTS EITHER FUSE
PROTECTED OR POLYMERIC POSITIVE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT (PTC)-PROTECTED
PER CLASS 2 UL LISTING.
0-10V DIMMING DRIVERS SHALL COMPLY WITH IEC 60929. FOR 0-10V DIMMING CONTROLS, THE
PERFORMANCE CURVES FOR THE 0-10V CONTROL AND THE 0-10V BALLAST/DRIVERS SHALL NOT
BOTH BE LOGARITHMIC. ALL DRIVERS SHALL HAVE TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION OF LESS THAN
10% AT FULL OUTPUT.
17. EMERGENCY LAMP POWER SUPPLY (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL
BE PROVIDED BY USING A STANDARD LUMINAIRE EQUIPPED WITH A UL LISTED, SELF-CONTAINED,
MODULAR, BATTERY INVERTER UNIT COMPLYING WITH UL 924. THE UNIT SHALL BE MOUNTED
WITHIN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE BODY OR LISTED FOR INSTALLATION ON TOP OF OR REMOTE FROM
THE FIXTURE. THE BATTERY INVERTER UNIT SHALL CONSIST OF A HIGH-TEMPERATURE,
MAINTENANCE-FREE, NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY, CHARGER AND ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY. THE AC
DRIVER OPERATION SHALL BE DELAYED FOR APPROXIMATELY 3 SECONDS BY THE CIRCUITRY TO
PREVENT FALSE TRIPPING OF AC BALLAST/DRIVER. A SOLID-STATE CHARGING LED INDICATOR
LIGHT TO MONITOR THE CHARGER AND BATTERY AND A SINGLE-POLE TEST SWITCH SHALL BE
PROVIDED AND MOUNTED SUCH THAT THE LIGHT AND SWITCH ARE VISIBLE AND ACCESSIBLE
WITHIN THE FIXTURE WITHOUT ENTERING THE CEILING SPACE. WHERE UNITS ARE MOUNTED
OUTSIDE THE BUILDING ENVELOPE, PROVIDE COLD-WEATHER RATED UNITS. UNITS SHALL BE BY
PHILIPS BODINE, LITHONIA, IOTA OR APPROVED EQUAL.
EMERGENCY LED DRIVERS SHALL HAVE LUMEN OUTPUTS AS INDICATED IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE
SCHEDULE.
18. SURFACE METAL RACEWAYS (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : PROVIDE SURFACE METAL RACEWAYS
WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR WHERE REQUIRED BY GENERAL NOTES.
ALL RACEWAYS SHALL BE TYPE SR1 OR SR2 AS SPECIFIED. TYPE SR1 RACEWAY: ONE-PIECE TYPE
WITH SINGLE COMPARTMENT, LENGTHS AS NECESSARY; PROVIDE NOMINAL 3/4" WIDE, DEPTH AS
REQUIRED, WITH SNAP ON COVER. TYPE SR2 RACEWAY: TWO-PIECE TYPE WITH SINGLE
COMPARTMENT, LENGTH AS NECESSARY; PROVIDE NOMINAL 1-1/4” X 7/8” WITH FLUSH, SNAP ON
COVER. MAKE CHANGES IN DIRECTION OF RACEWAY RUNS WITH PROPER FITTINGS SUPPLIED BY
THE RACEWAY MANUFACTURER. FIELD BENDS OF RACEWAY SECTIONS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED.
PROPERLY SUPPORT AND ANCHOR RACEWAYS FOR THE ENTIRE LENGTH BY STRUCTURAL
MATERIALS. RACEWAYS SHALL NOT SPAN ANY SPACE UNSUPPORTED. USE BOXES SUPPLIED BY
THE RACEWAY MANUFACTURER WHEREVER JUNCTION, PULL OR DEVICE BOXES ARE REQUIRED.
STANDARD ELECTRICAL 'HANDY' BOXES, ETC. SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED FOR USE WITH SURFACE
RACEWAY INSTALLATIONS. TYPE SR1 SURFACE RACEWAY SHALL BE USED FOR ALL LINE VOLTAGE
WIRING. TYPE SR2 RACEWAY SHALL BE USED FOR ALL DATA CABLING.
19. EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (SHOP DRAWINGS REQUIRED) : PROVIDE FIRE ALARM DEVICES AS AN
EXTENSION OF THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. NEW DEVICES SHALL BE ADDRESSABLE.
ADDITIONAL MODULES SHALL BE PROVIDED AS NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE A FULLY ADDRESSABLE
AND COMPLETE EXTENSION OF THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. ALL NEW DEVICES SHALL BE
BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AND SHALL MATCH THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES.
PROVIDE FIRE ALARM INDICATING APPLIANCES WITH CANDELA RATING MATCHING THE NUMBERS
SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE A FULL CONDUIT (EMT) SYSTEM DEDICATED FOR FIRE ALARM
WIRING. ALL NEW FIRE ALARM WIRING SHALL MATCH EXISTING. PROVIDE ALL COMPONENTS,
RELAYS, POWER MODULES, EXTENDER PANELS, ETC. NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND
OPERABLE EXTENSION OF THE EXISTING SYSTEM. COORDINATE THE LOCATIONS OF ALL REQUIRED
EXTENDER PANELS AND/OR MODULES WITH THE A/E PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. REPROGRAM THE
FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL AS REQUIRED AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE NEW DEVICES HAS BEEN
COMPLETED. PROVIDE ALL TESTING REQUIRED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
GENERAL NOTES:
1. LOAD SIDE CONDUCTOR AND CONDUIT SIZES FROM DISCONNECT SWITCHES TO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE THE SAME AS LINE SIDE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT.
2. CAREFULLY COORDINATE ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH DUCTWORK, PIPING AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. MAINTAIN ALL CLEARANCES AND SPACES REQUIRED BY THE NEC.
3. WHERE MULTIPLE CIRCUITS ARE COMBINED IN A SINGLE CONDUIT, DERATE CONDUCTORS PER THE NEC.
4. SEE THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR REQUIREMENTS REGARDING OVERSIZING CONDUCTORS FOR 1-POLE 15- AND 20-AMP CIRCUITS TO REDUCE VOLTAGE DROP - THESE OVERSIZING REQUIREMENTS
TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THE WIRE AND CONDUIT SIZES SHOWN IN THE PANEL SCHEDULES. OVERSIZED CONDUCTORS FOR VOLTAGE DROP ON OTHER CIRCUITS ARE INDICATED IN THE PANEL
SCHEDULES.
5. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL EXIT SIGNS AND THE VOLTAGE SENSING TERMINALS OF ALL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACKS SHALL BE CONNECTED AHEAD OF ALL SWITCHES, RELAYS, SENSORS
AND POWER PACKS WITH 2-#12 AND 1-#12 GROUND IN 3/4" CONDUIT.
6. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE MARKED SO AS TO BE IDENTIFIED BY VISUAL INSPECTION FOR TESTING PURPOSES. IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE BY ONE 1/2" RED SELF-STICK DOT ON
THE VERTICAL PORTION OF LOUVER OR ON THE TOP OF THE LENS.
7. EXACT LOCATION AND ORIENTATION OF OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER TO OBTAIN COMPLETE COVERAGE. IF THE CONTRACTOR USES A SENSOR THAT
HAS A COVERAGE PATTERN DIFFERENT FROM THAT WHICH IS SPECIFIED, AND AS A RESULT ADDITIONAL SENSORS ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLETELY COVER A SPACE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SENSORS AS REQUIRED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL OCCUPANCY SENSOR TIME DELAYS SHALL BE SET TO NO MORE THAN 30 MINUTES.
8. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, SWITCHES AND OCCUPANCY SENSORS IN A ROOM/SPACE SHALL CONTROL ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THAT ROOM/SPACE.
9. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY ALL PANELBOARD FEEDER ENTRANCE LOCATIONS (TOP, BOTTOM, SIDE).
10. PROVIDE ALL 120-VOLT POWER NEEDED FOR THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. PROVIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER LOCKS AND CLEARLY INDICATE IN THE DIRECTORY THAT THEY ARE FIRE ALARM CIRCUITS.
PROVIDE RED BREAKER, RED BREAKER LOCK OR RED DOT ON DEAD FRONT COVER BESIDE BREAKER. POWER SUPPLY QUANTITIES SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE FIRE ALARM SUPPLIER AND
INCLUDED IN BID. ALL POWER SUPPLIES SHALL BE LOCATED IN UTILITY-TYPE SPACES (MECH/ELEC/COMM ROOMS, HOUSEKEEPING CLOSETS, TRASH ROOMS, ETC.).
11. CAREFULLY COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, OCCUPANCY SENSORS, FIRE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES AND OTHER ELECTRICAL CEILING DEVICES WITH SPRINKLER
HEADS AND HVAC CEILING DEVICES.
12. WHERE NEW DEVICES (RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES OR TELECOMMUNICATIONS) ARE SHOWN ON EXISTING WALLS ALONG WITH EXISTING DEVICES BEING REPLACED (EXISTING OUTLET BOXES BEING
REUSED), INSTALL ALL NEW DEVICES ON THAT WALL AT SAME HEIGHT AS EXISTING DEVICES. FOR EXAMPLE, IF EXISTING RECEPTACLES ON A WALL ARE 15" AFF, INSTALL NEW RECEPTACLES ON
THAT WALL 15" AFF.
13. WHERE NEW DEVICES (RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, TELECOMMUNICATIONS OR FIRE ALARM) ARE SHOWN ON EXISTING WALLS AND CEILINGS AND THERE ARE NO EXISTING CONCEALED OUTLET
BOXES OR CONDUITS TO REUSE, USE SURFACE RACEWAY (SINGLE-CHANNEL EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE), EXCEPT EXPOSED CONDUIT AND BOXES MAY BE USED IN
UNFINISHED AREAS (MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ROOMS, STORAGE AND HOUSEKEEPING CLOSETS, ETC.).
14. WHERE RE-USE OF EXISTING CONDUIT, WIRING AND/OR OUTLET BOXES IS INDICATED, ALSO PROVIDE NEW MATERIALS IF NECESSARY. IF NEW EXPOSED MATERIALS ARE NEEDED, USE SURFACE
RACEWAY (SINGLE-CHANNEL EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE), EXCEPT EXPOSED CONDUIT AND BOXES MAY BE USED IN UNFINISHED AREAS (MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL
ROOMS, STORAGE AND HOUSEKEEPING CLOSETS, ETC.).
15. FOR WALL DEVICES MOUNTED ABOVE ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS, COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF WALL DEVICES SUCH THAT THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ARCHITECTURAL ITEMS.
16. FOR ALL EXISTING OUTLET BOXES THAT ARE NOT BEING REUSED, PROVIDE BLANK COVER PLATE TO MATCH NEW WALL PLATES IN THAT AREA.
17. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR RATED WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING CONSTRUCTION, AND PROVIDE NECESSARY RATED DEVICES AND FIRE SEALANT FOR PENETRATIONS. WHERE NEW DEVICES
ARE SHOWN RECESSED IN RATED PARTITIONS, CAREFULLY COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND OFFSETS.
18. "HOMERUN" CONDUITS SHALL BE RUN DOWN CORRIDORS FROM THE RESPECTIVE ELECTRICAL ROOM (NOT THROUGH CLASSROOMS OR OFFICES OR OTHER SIMILAR SPACES).
19. MODIFY EXISTING PANEL SCHEDULES TO ACCURATELY REFLECT ALL CHANGES MADE AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT. ALL NEW BREAKERS INSTALLED IN EXISTING PANELS SHALL MATCH EXISTING AIC.
TRACE AND VERIFY THE EXISTING CIRCUITS AT ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN DEVICES WITHIN THE AREA OF RENOVATION AND LABEL THESE DEVICES WITH THE CORRECT TRACED CIRCUIT NUMBERS.
UPDATE EXISTING PANELBOARD SCHEDULES TO CORRECT ANY INCORRECT CIRCUITS. NEW PANEL SCHEDULES SHALL BE TYPED, HANDWRITTEN SCHEDULES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID IN ORDER TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, TO DETERMINE THE FULL EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WORK REQUIRED, AND TO
DETERMINE THE FULL EXTENT OF RELOCATION AND MODIFICATION WORK REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL WORK (DUE TO OTHER DISCIPLINES INTERFERING OR ANY OTHER REASON). EXISTING SPACE
IS TIGHT IN MANY AREAS (PARTICULARLY ABOVE CEILINGS), AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE ALL ELECTRICAL WORK WITH BOTH NEW AND EXISTING PIPING,
DUCTWORK, CONDUIT, ETC. NO CHANGE ORDERS WILL BE APPROVED FOR ADDITIONAL WORK DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR NEGLECTING TO VISIT THE SITE AND GATHER ALL NECESSARY
INFORMATION.
ACUITY DIMMING LOAD
CONTROLLER
(nLIGHT nPP16 D SA/SA2)
277V LIGHTING CIRCUIT FROM
PANELBOARD - 3-#12 AWG
(HOT, NEUTRAL AND GROUND)
277V SWITCHING CIRCUIT TO EACH
LIGHTING FIXTURE DRIVER - 3-#12 AWG
(HOT, NEUTRAL AND GROUND)
0-10V WIRING TO EACH LIGHT
FIXTURE DRIVER - 2-#18 AWG
THE 277V AND 0-10V WIRING SHALL
BE RUN IN SEPARATE CONDUITS
FROM THE LOAD CONTROLLER TO
EACH LIGHTING FIXTURE DRIVER
CONNECT THE LOAD CONTROLLER TO ALL
OF THE OTHER LIGHTING CONTROL
DEVICES IN THE SPACE WITH CATEGORY
5E CABLING. THE LIGHTING CONTROL
DEVICES SHALL BE PROGRAMMED TO
CONTROL THE LIGHTING FIXTURES IN
EACH ZONE AS INDICATED BY THE
DETAILS AND NOTES ON THE DRAWINGS. CATEGORY 5E PORTS
CATEGORY 5E CABLING
ACUITY SWITCHED LOAD
CONTROLLER
(nLIGHT nPP16 SA/SA2)
277V LIGHTING CIRCUIT FROM
PANELBOARD - 3-#12 AWG
(HOT, NEUTRAL AND GROUND)
277V SWITCHING CIRCUIT TO EACH
LIGHTING FIXTURE DRIVER - 3-#12 AWG
(HOT, NEUTRAL AND GROUND)
CONNECT THE LOAD CONTROLLER TO ALL
OF THE OTHER LIGHTING CONTROL
DEVICES IN THE SPACE WITH CATEGORY
5E CABLING. THE LIGHTING CONTROL
DEVICES SHALL BE PROGRAMMED TO
CONTROL ALL OF THE LIGHTING FIXTURES
IN THE SPACE AS INDICATED BY THE
NOTES ON THE DRAWINGS. CATEGORY 5E PORTS
CATEGORY 5E CABLING
SWITCHING LOAD CONTROLLER WIRING DIAGRAMSCALE: NONE
DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER WIRING DIAGRAMSCALE: NONE
OFFICE
201
OFFICE/LAB
200
OFFICE
202
OFFICE
204
OFFICE
207
OFFICE
205
OFFICE
203
OFFICE
260A
OFFICE
260B
OFFICE
260C
OFFICE
260D
OFFICE
209
OFFICE
211
OFFICE
213
OFFICE
217
OFFICE
219
OFFICE
232A
OFFICE
238B
OFFICE
239
OFFICE
235
OFFICE
260E
RECEP
260
CLOSET
260G
CORRIDOR
B21
CORRIDOR
CR-2C
CORRIDOR
CR-2B
CLASSROOM
234
STORAGE/WORK
238A
ADMIN
238
PHYS GEOGLAB
232
MEETING
238C
BREAK
241
OFFICE
243
GRADSTUDENTS
237
ER
ER ER ER
ERER
ERER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERERER ER
TYPD1
TYPB1
2
1
1 1
2
SR
D
LD
LD1
3
LD
1
1
1
1
LD
LD
33
1
1
1
11
1
LIGHTING ZONE #2 (DAYLIGHTING)
THE TYPE 'D1' LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS ZONE SHALL BE
RECONNECTED TO THE EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT VIA THE
DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER. THE PHOTOSENSOR SHALL
CONTROL THE LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS ZONE ONLY.
LIGHTING ZONE #1 (GENERAL)
THE TYPE 'D1' LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS ZONE SHALL
BE RECONNECTED TO THE EXISTING LIGHTING
CIRCUIT VIA THE DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER.
1
2
LD
1
D
1
1
1
TYPA1
2
DD
SR
TYPA2TYPA2
11
2
1
2
11
2
TYPA2TYPA2TYPA2
LD
1
LD
1
LD
1
2
2
3
2
2
SR
3
X1 X1
TYPA2
2SRLD 1
1
1
1
B1
1
LD 1
1
2
SR
LD
1
TYPA3
1 2
LD1
2
SR
1 1
1
C1
1
TYP,UNOA2A2E
TYP,UNOD1
D1E
THE OCCUPANCY SENSORS IN THIS
SPACE SHALL CONTROL ALL OF THE
LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THE SPACE.
TYP,UNOA2
A2E
A3E A3E
TYP,UNOA3
A3EER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER ER
A3E
A3E
TYP,UNOA3
NO NEW WORK TO BE
COMPLETED IN THE
HATCHED AREA
STORAGE
237A
OFFICE
221
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
227
OFFICE
215
MEETING
260F
ELEC
262
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER ER
ER
ER
ERER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER
CORRIDOR
CR-2C
CLOSET
238D
D1E
2
LD1
D1
1
1
LD 1
LIGHTING ZONE #1 (GENERAL)
THE TYPE 'A2' LIGHTING FIXTURES IN
THIS ZONE SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO
THE EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT VIA
THE DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER.
LIGHTING ZONE #2 (GENERAL)
THE TYPE 'A2' LIGHTING FIXTURES IN
THIS ZONE SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO
THE EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT VIA
THE DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER.
1
1
THIS PHOTOSENSOR SHALL
CONTROL THE LIGHTING FIXTURES
IN LIGHTING ZONES #1 AND #2
LIGHTING ZONE #3 (DAYLIGHTING/GENERAL)
THE TYPE 'D1' LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS ZONE
SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO THE EXISTING LIGHTING
CIRCUIT VIA THE DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER.
COMPUTER
101
STORAGE
102
A49
A41
A36
A44
A45
A46
A47
107
105
103
100C
100B
100A
ER
LIGHTING ZONE #2 (DAYLIGHTING/TEACHING WALL)
THE TYPE 'D1' LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS ZONE
SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO THE EXISTING LIGHTING
CIRCUIT VIA THE DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER.
1
X1
STORAGE
101A
1
B1
11
11
1
LD1 LD1
LIGHTING ZONE #1 (DAYLIGHTING)
THE TYPE 'D1' LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS ZONE
SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO THE EXISTING LIGHTING
CIRCUIT VIA THE DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER.
LIGHTING ZONE #4 (TEACHING WALL)
THE TYPE 'D1 LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS ZONE
SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO THE EXISTING LIGHTING
CIRCUIT VIA THE DIMMING LOAD CONTROLLER.
THIS PHOTOSENSOR SHALL
CONTROL THE LIGHTING FIXTURES
IN LIGHTING ZONE #3 ONLY
4
4
SR
THE OCCUPANCY SENSORS IN THIS
SPACE SHALL CONTROL ALL OF THE
LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THE SPACE.
TYP,UNOD1
D1E
D1E
NO NEW WORK TO BE
COMPLETED IN THE
HATCHED AREA
ER
LD1 LD1
COORDINATE THE EXACT
LOCATION OF THIS SWITCH
WITH THE OWNER IN THE FIELD
1
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
1718-5
BLA
CK
SB
UR
G, V
IRG
INIA
WA
LLA
CE
HA
LL U
PF
IT F
OR
TH
E
GE
OG
RA
PH
Y D
EP
AR
TM
EN
T
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
GRAPHIC SCALE:
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
COMMO
NWEALTH OF
V
IRGINIA
PRO
FESS IONAL E
NGIN
ERE
01/21/ 19
E3
PARTIAL FIRST AND
SECOND FLOOR
PLANS - LIGHTING
JTO
WAM
PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTINGSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTINGSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
1. THE NEW LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THIS SPACE SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO THE EXISTING LIGHTING
CONTROL CIRCUIT RETAINED DURING DEMOLITION. ROUTE THE EXISTING CIRCUIT THROUGH THE NEW
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICE FOR SWITCHING OF THE CONNECTED LIGHTING FIXTURES. 0-10V WIRING
SHALL BE RUN IN A SEPARATE 3/4" CONDUIT FROM THE LOAD CONTROLLER TO THE 0-10V DIMMING
DRIVERS (WHERE APPLICABLE). THE NEW LOW-VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROLS SHALL BE CONNECTED
TOGETHER WITH CATEGORY 5E CABLING TO CONTROL THE LIGHTING FIXTURES IN THE SPACE. REFER
TO THE LOAD CONTROLLER WIRING DIAGRAM ON SHEET E1 FOR MORE INFORMATION.
2. THIS NEW LOW-VOLTAGE SWITCH SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE EXISTING OUTLET BOX AT THIS LOCATION.
3. THIS NEW LINE-VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE EXISTING OUTLET
BOX AT THIS LOCATION.
PLAN NOTES:
1. THE NEW EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE RECONNECTED (UNSWITCHED) TO THE NEAREST EXISTING CIRCUIT
SERVING EXISTING TO REMAIN EXIT SIGNS. PROVIDE NEW BOXES, CONDUIT AND WIRING AS REQUIRED
FOR THE EXTENSION OF THE EXISTING CIRCUITS.
GENERAL NOTES:
ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191
OFFICE
201OFFICE/LAB
200
OFFICE
202
OFFICE
204
OFFICE
207
OFFICE
205
OFFICE
203
OFFICE
260A
OFFICE
260B
OFFICE
260C
OFFICE
260D
OFFICE
209
OFFICE
211
OFFICE
213
OFFICE
217
OFFICE
219
OFFICE
232A
OFFICE
238B
OFFICE
239
OFFICE
235
OFFICE
260E
MEETING
260F
CLOSET
260G
CORRIDOR
B21
CORRIDOR
CR-2C
CORRIDOR
CR-2B
CLASSROOM
234
STORAGE/WORK
238AADMIN
238
PHYS GEOGLAB
232
MEETING
238C
BREAK
241
GRADSTUDENTS
237
ER
ER
ER ER ER ER ERER ER
ERER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
EXISTING PANEL-B
MANUFACTURED BY KINNEY
208Y/120V-3PH-4W-225A MLO
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
P2A-12
P2A-12
P2A-12
P2A-12
P2A-10
P2A-10
P2A-10
P2A-10
P2A-10
P2A-8
P2A-8
P2A-8
P2A-8
P2A-8
P2A-8
P2A-11
P2A-11
P2A-11
P2A-9
P2A-9
P2A-9
P2A-9
P2A-9
P2A-2
P2A-2
P2A-2
P2A-2
P2A-2
P2A-2
P2A-2
P2A-4
P2A-4
P2A-4
P2A-4
P2A-4
P2A-6
P2A-6
P2A-6
P2A-6
ERER ER
ER
EXISTING PANEL-L2A
SQUARE-D I-LINE
480Y/277V-3PH-4W-225A MLO
EXISTING PANEL-P2A
SQUARE-D NQOD
208Y/120V-3PH-4W-250A MCB
EXISTING TRANSFORMER
SQUARE-D 75KVA DRY-TYPE
480V-208Y/120V
EXISTING PANEL-P2B
SQUARE-D NQOD
208Y/120V-3PH-4W-100A MLO
ERER
P2A-15
P2A-15 P2A-15
P2A-15
OFFICE
215
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER
ER
ER
ERER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER
ER
ER
ER
ERER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
NO NEW WORK TO BE
COMPLETED IN THE
HATCHED AREA
ER
P2A-6
P2A-6
P2A-6P2A-6
P2A-5
P2A-5P2A-5
P2A-5
ERER
P2A-5 P2A-3
P2A-3
P2A-3
P2A-3ER
ER
ER
P2A-3
P2A-1
P2A-1
P2A-1
P2A-1
P2A-1
ER
ER
P2A-21
P2A-21
P2A-21 P2A-21
P2A-21
P2A-23
P2A-23
P2A-23 P2A-23
P2A-23
P2A-23
ER
P2A-20
P2A-20
ER
P2A-20
P2A-23P2A-26
P2A-23
ER
ER
P2A-19
P2A-19
ER
ER
P2A-21
P2A-21
ER ER
ERER
ERER ER ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER ER ER ER ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER
ER
ER
ERER
ER
ER ER ER
1
1 1 1 1
ER
ER
ER
F 30F 30
F 30
F 30F 30
F 15
F 15
F 15
F 15
F 15
F 15F 30
1
1
22
22
22
22
SR
SR
SR
SR
2SR
11 1
OFFICE
243
P2A-3ER
PNL-2LP1
T-2LP1
PNL-2HP1
1
11
1
1
11SR
REFRIG. REC.
1
1
1
SR SR SR
SR
SR SR
1
2LP1-24
2LP1-242LP1-24
2LP1-20
2LP1-20
2LP1-20
2LP1-22
2LP1-16
2LP1-16
2LP1-16
2LP1-18
2LP1-18
2LP1-12LP1-12LP1-13 2LP1-13
2LP1-3
2LP1-1
2LP1-1
2LP1-5
2LP1-5
2LP1-7
2LP1-7
2LP1-9
2LP1-9
2LP1-11
2LP1-11
2LP1-10 2LP1-12
2LP1-14
2LP1-8
2LP1-82LP1-62LP1-6
2LP1-42LP1-2
2LP1-2
2LP1-29
2LP1-29
2LP1-29
2LP1-27
2LP1-252LP1-25
2LP1-23
2LP1-232LP1-21
2LP1-21
M
FC2-22B
2LP1-26
ER ER
ER
ERER
ER
ER ER
ER
ERER
1
2LP1-15
1
2LP1-15
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
12LP1-29
1
2LP1-29
1
11 1
2LP1-19
2LP1-17
2LP1-19
F 15
F 15
F 30
F 30 F 30
RECEP
260
ELEC
262
STORAGE
237AOFFICE
221
OFFICE
223
OFFICE
225
OFFICE
227
M.H. = 66" AFF TO CNTRM.H. = 66" AFF TO CNTR
FC2-58B
2LP1-28
CORRIDOR
260
CLOSET
238D
1SR2LP1-16
2LP1-22 1
22
2LP1-31
2LP1-33
12LP1-8
12LP1-8
12LP1-6
12LP1-6
1
2LP1-8
11 1 11 12LP1-4 2LP1-4 2LP1-4 2LP1-30 2LP1-30 2LP1-30
SURFACE RACEWAY SHALL TURN UP
TO ABOVE CEILING IN THIS CORNERSURFACE RACEWAY SHALL TURN UP
TO ABOVE CEILING IN THIS CORNER3
3
1
2LP1-2
12LP1-2
3
GFCI
1
2LP1-15
SR, 2LP1-35
REFRIG. REC.
SR, 2LP1-37
4
GFCI
GFCI
SURFACE RACEWAY TURNED UP TO
ABOVE CEILING, TYP.
3
3
3
11
1
1
2LP1-41
2LP1-41
2LP1-41
2LP1-41
1
1
1
1 1
1
1
SURFACE RACEWAY SHALL TURN UP
TO ABOVE CEILING IN THIS CORNER
COMPUTER
101
STORAGE
101A
A49
A44
A45
A46
105
103
100C
100B
100A
100
P1A-4
P1A-1
P1A-3
P1A-3
P1A-3
P1A-5P1A-5P1A-5P1A-5
P1A-6
P1A-6P1A-6
P1A-6
P1A-4
P1A-4
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ERER
ER EXISTING PANEL-P1A
SQUARE-D NQOD
208Y/120V-3PH-4W-250A MCB
EXISTING TRANSFORMER
SQUARE-D 75KVA DRY-TYPE
480V-208Y/120V
ER
EXISTING PANEL-L1A
SQUARE-D I-LINE
480Y/277V-3PH-4W-225A MLO
EXISTING PANEL-P1B
SQUARE-D NQOD
208Y/120V-3PH-4W-100A MLO
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER ER ER ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
ER
PNL-1LP1
1LP1-11
1LP1-1
1LP1-31
1LP1-5
1LP1-3
1
F 75
F 75
102
P1A-4ER
2
2
SR, 1LP1-9
SR, 1LP1-7 P1A-3
NO NEW WORK TO BE
COMPLETED IN THE
HATCHED AREA
3
1LP1-3
1
11LP1-3
1LP1-1
1
1LP1-1
1
1LP1-1
1
1LP1-3
1
1
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
1718-5
BLA
CK
SB
UR
G, V
IRG
INIA
WA
LLA
CE
HA
LL U
PF
IT F
OR
TH
E
GE
OG
RA
PH
Y D
EP
AR
TM
EN
T
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
GRAPHIC SCALE:
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
COMMO
NWEALTH OF
V
IRGINIA
PRO
FESS IONAL E
NGIN
ERE
01/21/ 19
E4
PARTIAL FIRST AND
SECOND FLOOR
PLANS - POWER AND
COMMUNICATIONS
JTO
WAM
PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - POWER AND COMMUNICATIONSSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN - POWER AND COMMUNICATIONSSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
1. RECEPTACLE AND DATA OUTLET FOR THE OWNER'S PRINTER CUBICLE. COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATIONS OF THESE OUTLETS WITH THE OWNER IN THE FIELD.
2. JUNCTION BOX FOR POWER CONNECTION TO THE STEELCASE THREAD UNDER-CARPET POWER SYSTEM (STEELCASE SYSTEM BY OTHERS). EXTEND AND CONNECT THE CIRCUIT
INDICATED TO THE STEELCASE THREAD UNDER-CARPET POWER SYSTEM PER THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION OF THIS JUNCTION
BOX WITH THE SYSTEM INSTALLER IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
3. PROVIDE TWO-PIECE TYPE MULTI-SERVICE SURFACE RACEWAY, DIVIDED FOR POWER AND COMMUNICATION USE, AROUND THE PERIMETER OF THIS ROOM AS INDICATED. PROVIDE
NOMINAL 4-3/4" X 1-3/4" RACEWAY WITH TWO (2) 2-3/8" COMPARTMENTS AND OUTLETS AS INDICATED ON FLOOR PLANS. REFER TO THE SURFACE RACEWAY DETAIL ON SHEET E6 FOR
OUTLET CONFIGURATIONS. COORDINATE THE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT OF THIS RACEWAY AND ALL RACEWAY OUTLET LOCATIONS WITH THE OWNER IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION.
4. RECEPTACLE FOR OWNER PROVIDED FURNACE. COORDINATE EXACT TYPE AND MOUNTING HEIGHT OF THIS RECEPTACLE WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
PLAN NOTES:
ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191
COMPUTER
101
STORAGE
101A
A49
A44
A45
A46
105
103 100B
100A
102
NEW FEEDER CONDUIT FROM THE
SWITCHBOARD IN THE BASEMENT
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ROOM
PASSING THROUGH UP TO THE
SECOND FLOOR.
PNL-1LP1
NEW FEEDER CONDUIT FROM
PANEL-2LP1 TO PANEL-1LP1
NEW FEEDER CONDUIT
CONCEALED ABOVE THE
ACCESSIBLE CEILING
EXISTING
SWITCHBOARD 'SC'
THE NEW FEEDER SHALL TURN UP INTO
EXISTING ELECTRICAL ROOM 'A44' BEFORE
CONTINUING TO THE SECOND FLOOR.
12" X 12" PULL BOX
INSTALLED UP HIGH
IN THIS SPACE
NEW FEEDER CONDUIT FROM THE
SWITCHBOARD IN THE BASEMENT
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ROOM
OFFICE
201
OFFICE
200A
OFFICE
200B
OFFICE
202
OFFICE
204
OFFICE
207
OFFICE
205
OFFICE
203
OFFICE
260A
OFFICE
260B OFFICE
260C
OFFICE
209
OFFICE
211
OFFICE
259OFFICE
258
CORRIDOR
B21
B24
B23
B22
PNL-2LP1
T-2LP1
PNL-2HP1
12" X 12" PULL BOX
INSTALLED ABOVE THE
ACCESSIBLE CEILING
NEW FEEDER CONDUITS
CONCEALED ABOVE THE
ACCESSIBLE CEILING
NEW FEEDER CONDUIT FROM
PANEL-2LP1 TO PANEL-1LP1
ELEC
262
OFFICE
257
PNL-2HP1
480Y/277V
100A MLO
PNL-2LP1
208Y/120V
150A MCB
T-2LP1
480-208Y/120V
45 KVA
PNL-1LP1
208Y/120V
100A MLO
EXISTING
SQUARE-D QED
POWER STYLE
SWITCHBOARD 'SC'
480Y/277V-3PH-4W
2000A
BASEMENT
FIRST FLOOR
SECOND FLOOR
BASEMENT MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ROOM
STORAGE 101B
THE NEW FEEDER CONDUITS SHALL
BE ROUTED THROUGH THE FIRST
AND SECOND FLOOR ELECTRICAL
ROOMS AS INDICATED ON THE FLOOR
PLANS. THE CONDUITS SHALL NOT BE
RUN EXPOSED IN FINISHED SPACES.
ELECTRICAL ROOM 262
1
2
SC-31
2HP1-25 2LP1-49
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
1718-5
BLA
CK
SB
UR
G, V
IRG
INIA
WA
LLA
CE
HA
LL U
PF
IT F
OR
TH
E
GE
OG
RA
PH
Y D
EP
AR
TM
EN
T
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
GRAPHIC SCALE:
0 1' 5' 10'
1/8" = 1' - 0"
COMMO
NWEALTH OF
V
IRGINIA
PRO
FESS IONAL E
NGIN
ERE
01/21/ 19
PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN - POWER DISTRIBUTIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
PARTIAL BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN - POWER DISTRIBUTIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLAN - POWER DISTRIBUTIONSCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
PARTIAL POWER RISER DIAGRAMSCALE: NONE
1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ONE (1) NEW 3-POLE, 100 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKER OF MATCHING FRAME, AIC RATING AND
TYPE IN EMPTY SPACES 31, 33 AND 35 IN EXISTING SWITCHBOARD 'SC' TO SERVE NEW PANELBOARD '2HP1'.
PROVIDE 4-#3 (COPPER) AND 1-#8 (COPPER) GROUND IN 1-1/4" EMT CONDUIT TO SERVE THE NEW PANELBOARD.
REFER TO THE PARTIAL FLOOR PLANS ON THIS SHEET FOR THE APPROXIMATE ROUTING OF THIS NEW FEEDER.
2. SECONDARY SHALL BE 4-#1/0 (COPPER) IN 1-1/2" EMT CONDUIT. THE SUPPLY SIDE BONDING JUMPERS AND THE
GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR SHALL BE #6 (COPPER) IN 3/4" CONDUIT.
RISER DIAGRAM NOTES:
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
CONDUCTOR FROM
PRIMARY FEEDER
#6 AWG CU SYSTEM
BONDING JUMPER
NEAREST GROUNDING
ELECTRODE PER 2011 NEC
250.30(A)(4), INCLUDING
EXCEPTION NO. 1
#6 AWG CU GEC (IN CONDUIT WHEN
REQUIRED BY NEC 250.64(B))
TRANSFORMER
ENCLOSURE
NEUTRAL
#6 AWG CU SUPPLY-SIDE
BONDING JUMPER
FIRST SECONDARY
DISCONNECTING MEANS
ENCLOSURE
PRIMARY
A B C
N
A B C
SECONDARY
GROUND
#6 AWG CU SUPPLY-SIDE
BONDING JUMPER
3-PHASE DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERCONNECTION SCHEMATICNO SCALE
E5
PARTIAL FLOOR
PLANS - POWER
DISTRIBUTION
JTO
WAM
208Y/120V
SURFACE
YES
REC. ROOM 234
REC. ROOM 260A
REC. ROOM 200
REC. ROOM 234
REC. ROOM 234
REC. ROOM 234
LOAD SERVED
INTERRUPT RATING:
''
REC. ROOM 232
FURNACE REC. ROOM 232
REFRIG. REC. ROOM 232
UNDER CARPET POWER SYSTEM ROOM 234
UNDER CARPET POWER SYSTEM ROOM 234
REC. ROOM 260, 260F
REC, ROOM 260E
REC. ROOMS 260C & 260D
REC. ROOM 260B
REC. ROOM 200
REC. ROOM 232
REC. ROOM 234
REC. ROOM 234
REC. ROOM 234
MOUNTING:
VOLTAGE:
SOLID NEUTRAL:
20/1 R
-1.5
-.72
9.12
R
N
N
N
R
10,000 AIC
-
20/1
20/1
20/2
20/1
10 9.28
-
-.9
-
.9
-1.08
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
REC. ROOM 237
REC. ROOM 238B
REC. ROOM 243
REC. ROOM 241
L3
.72.72
1.5.72
.36.36
.54.9
.54.36
R .54
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
1.08
1.18.36
1.18.18
.36 .54
.36 .36
.72
DMD
R
R20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
BKR
R .72
.18.36
.9
R .18.72
R
R
.72R .72
L1
.36 .72
L2
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
REC. ROOM 238C
REC. ROOM 237
FCU-58B
FCU-22B
REC. ROOMS 238 & 238A
REC. ROOM 238C
REC. ROOM 238C
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
BKR
20/1
20/1
REC. ROOM 237
REFRIG. REC. ROOM 241
REC. ROOM 237
REC. ROOM 237A
LOAD SERVED
BUS RATING:
MAIN:
SYSTEM: 3PH, 4W
PANEL 2LP1
225A
GROUND BUS:
INTEGRAL SPD:
YES
LOADS ( )
LIGHTING
REC TO 10 KVA
REC REMAINING
LARGEST MOTOR
SPACE HEATING
KITCHEN EQUIPMENT
CONNECTED
0
10
11.24
0
1.18
0
0
0
DEMAND
1.25
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.25
0.0
1.0
1.25
0
10
5.62
0
.29
0
0
0
FACTOR
TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD
MIN. FEEDER / PANEL CAPACITY
4.8 1.0 4.8
CONTINUOUS
NON-CONTINUOUS
DEMAND
64.123.1
28.4 78.9
AMPSKVA
KVA AMPS
41
9
25
33
39
37
35
27
29
31
17
23
19
21
13
15
11
1
5
7
3
CKT
42
10
26
34
38
40
36
30
32
28
18
22
24
20
14
16
12
2
6
8
4
CKT
-
-
-
-
-
-
R
A
A
R
R
R
R
R
R
N
R
R
R
R
R
DMD
KVA
DEMAND 0 1.0 0
OVERALL DEMAND FACTOR 0.81
150A MCB NO
3/4"#12
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
-
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
COND
#12
#12
#12
#12
PHASE NEUT GND
#12
-
-
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12 #12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
-
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
-
-
-
-
-
-
NEUT
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
-
#12
#12
#12
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
#12
#12
#12
#12
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
#12
#12
#12
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
#12
#12
#12
#12
PHASE COND
3/4"#12
-
-
-
-
-
-
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12
GND
#12
LOADS (KVA)
WATER HEATING
AIR CONDITIONING 2.36
0
CONNECTED
0
2.36
DEMANDFACTOR
1.0
1.0
DEMAND
NON-SEASONAL MOTORS
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
#8
-
-
--
-
-
#3
-
-
-
-
-
#3
#3
#3
-
-
1-1/4"
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
46
44
50
54
52
48
45
43
51
49
53
47
-
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
-
-
-
-
-
- -20/1 -
-
-1.98
-1.98
20/1
20/1
-
100/3
- SF
SF
-
SF
--
.18 -
- -
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPARE
PANEL-1LP1
''
SPARE
SPARE
''
L1 L2 L3
PHASE LOAD TOTALS
208Y/120V
SURFACE
YES
REC. STORAGE 101A
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
UNDER CARPET POWER SYSTEM ROOM 101
REC. ROOM 101
LOAD SERVED
INTERRUPT RATING:
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
UNDER CARPET POWER SYSTEM ROOM 101
REC. ROOM 101
MOUNTING:
VOLTAGE:
SOLID NEUTRAL:
- -
--
--
.18
-
-
-
-
-
10,000 AIC
-
-
-
-
-
1.98 1.98
-
--
-
-
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
L3
-.18
--
--
--
--
- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
20/1
-
-
-
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
-
--
--
- -
- -
-
DMD
-
-20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
BKR
R 1.08
--
-
R -1.08
R
R
.9R -
L1
.9 -
L2
20/1
-
-
-
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
SPARE
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPACE ONLY
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
20/1
BKR
20/1
20/1
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
LOAD SERVED
BUS RATING:
MAIN:
SYSTEM: 3PH, 4W
PANEL 1LP1
100A
GROUND BUS:
INTEGRAL SPD:
YES
LOADS ( )
LIGHTING
REC TO 10 KVA
REC REMAINING
LARGEST MOTOR
SPACE HEATING
KITCHEN EQUIPMENT
CONNECTED
0
4.14
0
0
0
0
0
0
DEMAND
1.25
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.25
0.0
1.0
1.25
0
4.14
0
0
0
0
0
0
FACTOR
TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD
MIN. FEEDER / PANEL CAPACITY
0 1.0 0
CONTINUOUS
NON-CONTINUOUS
DEMAND
11.54.1
4.1 11.5
AMPSKVA
KVA AMPS
41
9
25
33
39
37
35
27
29
31
17
23
19
21
13
15
11
1
5
7
3
CKT
42
10
26
34
38
40
36
30
32
28
18
22
24
20
14
16
12
2
6
8
4
CKT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
DMD
KVA
DEMAND 0 1.0 0
OVERALL DEMAND FACTOR 1.00
100A MLO NO
--
3/4"
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
#12
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
COND
#12
#12
#12
#12
PHASE NEUT GND
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
#12
#12
#12
#12
#12 #12
#12
#12
#12
#12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
NEUT
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PHASE COND
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
GND
-
LOADS (KVA)
WATER HEATING
AIR CONDITIONING 0
0
CONNECTED
0
0
DEMANDFACTOR
1.0
1.0
DEMAND
NON-SEASONAL MOTORS
L1 L2 L3
PHASE LOAD TOTALS
480Y/277V
SURFACE
YES
''
''
''
SPACE ONLY
''
SPD
LOAD SERVED
INTERRUPT RATING:
''
(VIA 45KVA XFMR T-2LP1)
PANEL-2LP1
''
SPACE ONLY
''
''
SPACE ONLY
''
MOUNTING:
VOLTAGE:
SOLID NEUTRAL:
9.15
35,000 AIC
10.03 8.66
''
''
SPACE ONLY
''
L3
-.03
--
--
-9.12
--
- -
-
-
-
SF
-
SF
SF
-
-
-
70/3
-/3
-
-
-
-10
-8.63
- -
- -
-
DMD
-
--/3
-
-
-/3
-
-
60/3
BKR
- -
--
-
- --
N
N
.03N -
L1
.03 -
L2
-
-
-
-/3
-
-
-/3
-
''
''
''
SPACE ONLY
''
SPACE ONLY
''
-
-/3
-
-/3
-
BKR
-
-/3
SPACE ONLY
''
''
SPACE ONLY
LOAD SERVED
BUS RATING:
MAIN:
SYSTEM: 3PH, 4W
PANEL 2HP1
100A
GROUND BUS:
INTEGRAL SPD:
YES
LOADS ( )
LIGHTING
REC TO 10 KVA
REC REMAINING
LARGEST MOTOR
SPACE HEATING
KITCHEN EQUIPMENT
CONNECTED
0
10
11.24
.53
1.18
0
0
0
DEMAND
1.25
1.0
0.5
1.0
0.25
0.0
1.0
1.25
0
10
5.62
.53
.3
0
0
0
FACTOR
TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD
MIN. FEEDER / PANEL CAPACITY
4.89 1.0 4.89
CONTINUOUS
NON-CONTINUOUS
DEMAND
27.122.5
27.8 33.5
AMPSKVA
KVA AMPS
9
25
27
29
17
23
19
21
13
15
11
1
5
7
3
CKT
10
26
30
28
18
22
24
20
14
16
12
2
6
8
4
CKT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
DMD
KVA
DEMAND 0 1.0 0
OVERALL DEMAND FACTOR 0.81
100A MLO YES
-
1-1/4"
-
-
#4
#4
#4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
COND
-
#6
#6
#6
PHASE NEUT GND
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
#6 #6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
#8
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
NEUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PHASE COND
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
GND
-
LOADS (KVA)
WATER HEATING
AIR CONDITIONING 1.18
0
CONNECTED
0
1.18
DEMANDFACTOR
1.0
1.0
DEMAND
NON-SEASONAL MOTORS
L1 L2 L3
PHASE LOAD TOTALS
SCALE: NONE
MULTI-SERVICE SURFACE RACEWAY DETAIL
TURN UP TO ABOVE CEILING - PROVIDE DIVIDEDENTRANCE END FITTING ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLECEILING TO FEED THE SURFACE RACEWAY.
IN THIS RACEWAY, THE COLOR OF THERECEPTACLES AND THE DEVICE FACEPLATESSHALL MATCH THE COLOR OF THE RACEWAY
THE OUTLETS SHOWN IN THIS DETAIL MAYNOT ALL BE USED IN EACH LOCATION.
1
TWO-GANG OVERLAPPING COVER PLATE
WITH RECTANGULAR OPENING FOR INSTALLATION OFDECORATOR STYLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE.
TWO-GANG OVERLAPPING COVER PLATE WITH TWO (2)
RECTANGULAR OPENINGS FOR INSTALLATION OF DECORATORSTYLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND COMMUNICATIONS FACEPLATE.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL RECEPTACLES, FACEPLATES, COVER PLATES, AND LINE-VOLTAGE WIRING WITHIN THE SURFACERACEWAY. LOW-VOLTAGE CABLING AND TERMINATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS.
THE COLORS OF THE SURFACE RACEWAYS, COVER PLATES, FACEPLATES AND WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT.
GENERAL NOTES:1.
2.
VOLTAGE DIVIDER
POWER WIRING TO BE RUN
IN THIS CHANNEL
LOW-VOLTAGE CABLING TOBE RUN IN THIS CHANNEL
TWO-GANG OVERLAPPING COVER PLATE WITHSINGLE-GANG OPENING FOR INSTALLATIONOF COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES.
1
1
1
1
Revisions
Drawn
Checked
Project No.
Date
Revisions
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
J
E
F
G
I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
01/21/19
1718-5
BLA
CK
SB
UR
G, V
IRG
INIA
WA
LLA
CE
HA
LL U
PF
IT F
OR
TH
E
GE
OG
RA
PH
Y D
EP
AR
TM
EN
T
300 Church StreetBlacksburg, VA
24060
P: (540) 951-4925F: (540) 951-4950E: [email protected]
COMMO
NWEALTH OF
V
IRGINIA
PRO
FESS IONAL E
NGIN
ERE
01/21/ 19
E6
PANELBOARD
SCHEDULES AND
RACEWAY DETAIL
JTO
WAM
ADDENDUM 1 3/1/191
1